Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
2024-02-29 Work Session
Kodiak Island Borough Assembly Work Session Assembly Chambers Thursday, February 29, 2024, 6:30 p.m. Work Sessions are informal meetings of the Assembly where Assembly members review the upcoming regular meeting agenda packet and seek or receive information from staff. Although additional items not listed on the work session agenda are discussed when introduced by the Mayor, Assembly, or staff, no formal action is taken at work sessions and items that require formal Assembly action are placed on regular Assembly meeting agenda. This work session is open to the public and will be broadcast on the Borough's YouTube Channel. Meeting packets are available online. Page 1. CITIZENS' COMMENTS 1-907-486-3231 or Toll Free 1-855-492-9202 (Limited To Three Minutes Per Speaker) 2. AGENDA ITEMS a. Discussion Of Hospital And Facilities Repair And Renewal 3 - 4 Agenda Item Report - Pdf b. Discussion On Limiting Air Bed And Breakfast Rentals As Long- 5-15 Term Housing Solutions Aaenda Item Report - Pdf C. Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling 16-96 Requirements Agenda Item Report - Pdf d. Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda 97-123 Setting And Submission Of Items Agenda Item Report - Pdf e. Discuss Pacific Seafood Processors Association's (PSPA) 124-134 Request For A Resolution To Support Efforts To Improve Competitiveness And Resilience Of The Alaska Seafood Industry Aaenda Item Report - Pdf 3. PACKET REVIEW a. PUBLIC HEARING • Ordinance No. FY2024-12 An Ordinance Of The Assembly Of The Kodiak Island Borough Amending Kodiak Island Borough Code Title 3 Revenue And Finance, Chapter 3.35 Real Property Tax, Section 3.35.050 Board Of Page 1 of 162 Equalization • Ordinance No. FY2024-14 An Ordinance Of The Assembly Of The Kodiak Island Borough Amending The Kodiak Island Borough Personnel Rules And Regulations To Add A Travel Policy EXECUTIVE SESSION • Litigation Update Regarding Kodiak Area Native Association v. Kodiak Island Borough, Case No. 3 KO -21- 57C1 4. MANAGER'S COMMENTS a 20240229 Borough Manager's Report 5. CLERK'S COMMENTS 6. ASSEMBLY MEMBERS' COMMENTS 7. MAYOR'S COMMENTS 8. EVENTS CALENDAR • March 7-8, SWAMC Economic Summit and Membership Meeting, Anchorage, Alaska • April 5, Cook Inlet Regional Citizens Advisory Council Board Meeting, Kenai, Alaska • August 13-15, Summer AML Conference, Kodiak, Alaska 135- 162 This meeting is open to the public and will be broadcast on the Borough's YouTube Channel. Meeting packets are available online. Please subscribe to get meeting notifications when meeting packets are published. For public comments, please call (907) 486-3231 or (855) 492-9202. Page 2 of 162 AGENDA ITEM #2.a. KODIAK ISLAND BOROUGH STAFF REPORT FEBRUARY 29, 2024 4 ' x ASSEMBLY WORK SESSION SUBJECT: Discussion Of Hospital And Facilities Repair And Renewal ORIGINATOR: Jared Griffin, Assembly Member RECOMMENDATION: For discussion of the Assembly. DISCUSSION: This item was requested by Assembly Member Griffin on August 21, 2023, to discuss the process inefficiencies for procurement and general approaches to repairs and maintenance of new construction at Providence Kodiak Island Medical Center (PKIMC). Assembly Member Griffin would like to review the lease and KIBC related to Hospital R&R fund to assess how to better maintain the R&R Fund and how reimbursements to PKIMC are determined. ALTERNATIVES: FISCAL IMPACT: OTHER INFORMATION: Kodiak Island Borough Discussion Of Hospital And Facilities Repair And Renewal Page 3 of 162 AGENDA ITEM #2.a. Kodiak Island Borough Assembly Agenda Item Request Form PLEASE FILL OUT AND RETURN TO THE CLERK Below Are The Adopted Powers Of The Kodiak Island Borough. Circle the adopted power your request falls under. Mandatory Powers of the Assembly: • Solid Waste Collection and Disposal (non-areawide/on • Education road system) • General Administration and Finance • Parks and Recreation (non-areawide/outside cities) • Tax Assessment and Collection • Economic Development (non-areawide/outside cities) • Planning and Zoning • Animal Control (non-areawide/outside cities) • Fire Protection and First Responder Emergency • Adopted Powers of the Assembly: Medical Services (service areas) • Emergency Services Planning . Road Maintenance and Construction (service areas) _Community Health (restricted . Street Lighting (service areas) areawtdej- __— f f Assembly Member: c-v#-ol ' ' �`ni Date Submitted: Agenda Date Requested: a I`I 9-)� Meeting Type: (>� WS ( ) RM It is recommended that you turn in request at least a month prior to the meeting date requested. The Mayor retains discretion when to place items on the agenda per KIBC 2.60.0608. Description of the item you are requesting to have placed on the agenda. Please submit one form for each item andCsubmit any applicable documents with this form. U '7 c, V"-1�Qi 0. C.1r VL" CMn./�A,,-t..hG'✓� Requested action of the Assembly: n LCI -Al Lv. CCL- (2- \-'.'L K - L'.'L 9- V --v12 , \)V i uy�L For Staff Use: ?lP.9- Received date: �� ��%a3 Distributed to: Mayor I-"- DPO t-'� Manager Discussed at the agenda setting on:b,rkrtir T�sg tf Approved and scheduled on: WS Date: RM RM Date: Notes: C:\Users\iarellano\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\lNetCache\Content.Outlook\DTJFKJZT\Assembly Agenda Item Request Form Rev.docx Page 4 of 162 Discussion Of Hospital And Facilities Repair And Renewal AGENDA ITEM #2.b. KODIAK ISLAND BOROUGH STAFF REPORT FEBRUARY 29, 2024 4 ' x ASSEMBLY WORK SESSION SUBJECT: Discussion On Limiting Air Bed And Breakfast Rentals As Long -Term Housing Solutions ORIGINATOR: Ryan Sharratt, Borough Assembly RECOMMENDATION: For Assembly discussion only. DISCUSSION: This item was requested by Assembly member Sharratt to discuss limiting Bed and Breakfast's and Air BNB's by restricting how rentals are made available in Kodiak as a possible long term solution to housing. Assessing has attached several maps and a chart where the Short Term Rentals (STR's) are located within the Borough for review. Up until the end of 2022, KIB tracked between 25-30 STR's and 25-30 lodges. In 2023, that number soared to 195, 127 STR's, and 68 Lodges. Many closed STR's reopened their businesses and many of the properties that had long term rentals in the form of an Additional Dwelling Unit (ADU) are now STR's. Additionally, many homes were sold to investors that opened STR's. Community Development added a summary of regulations from other Boroughs related to short term rentals. ALTERNATIVES: FISCAL IMPACT: OTHER INFORMATION: Kodiak Island Borough Page 5 of 162 Discussion On Limiting Air Bed And Breakfast Rentals As Long -Term Housin... AGENDA ITEM #2.b. 0�_ Kodiak Island Borough Assembly Agenda Item Request Form PLEASE FILL OUT AND RETURN TO THE CLERK Below Are The Adopted Powers Of The Kodiak Island Borough. Circle the adopted power your request falls under. Mandatory Powers of the Assembly: . Solid Waste Collection and Disposal (non-areawide/on • Education road system) • General Administration and Finance • Parks and Recreation (non-areawide/outside cities) Tax Assessment and Collection • Economic Development (non-areawide/outside cities) • . Animal Control (non-areawide/outside cities) • Planning and Zoning • Adopted Powers of the Assembly: • Fire Protection and First Responder Emergency P y: Medical Services (service areas) • Emergency Services Planning • Road Maintenance and Construction (service areas) • Community Health (restricted . Street Lighting (service areas) areawide) Assembly Member: Rne.� r ee►.�'C' Date Submitted: 9 - k o ' Zo 23 Agenda Date Requested: , Za Z3 Meeting Type:,K) WS ( ) RM It is recommended that you turn in request at least a month prior to the meeting date requested. The Mayor retains discretion when to place items on the agenda per KIBC 2.60.0608 Description of the item you are requesting to have placed on the agenda. Please submit one form for each item and submit any applicable documents with this form. �.. � m r� � uCr, A i ,r. P, eo e� � rzu��-+s� Rs��1S �s �an�,. '$uzwy �Ov � ►vt Requested action of the Assembly: \SGVSS VtAJ -ON `'MAA M(t $` N,-1 ,s Awp r&'5l r' Vly ►S O►J v4n, W QZW5 ¢s2. M A oJQ- For Staff Use: j Received date: �� �U la3 Distributed to: Mayor +" DPO `' Manager Discussed at the agenda setting on: "7I10'3 4e7 Z LZ0 Approved and scheduled on: WS Date: t 2 %i�1.2 M Date: Notes: C:\Users\iarellano\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\INetCache\Content.Outlook\DTJFKJZT\Assembly Agenda Item Request Form Rev.docx Page 6 of 162 Discussion On Limiting Air Bed And Breakfast Rentals As Long -Term Housin... AGENDA ITEM #2.b. Kodiak Island Borough Assembly Agenda Item Request Form PLEASE FILL OUT AND RETURN TO THE CLERK Below Are The Adopted Powers Of The Kodiak Island Borough. Circle the adopted power your request falls under. Mandatory Powers of the Assembly: • Solid Waste Collection and Disposal (non-areawide/on • Education road system) • General Administration and Finance • Parks and Recreation (non-areawide/outside cities) • Tax Assessment and Collection • Economic Development (non-areawideloutside cities) • Animal Control (non-areawide/outside cities) • Planning and Zoning • Fire Protection and First Responder Emergency • Adopted Powers of the Assembly: Medical Services (service areas) • Emergency Services Planning • Road Maintenance and Construction (service areas) • Community Health (restricted . Street Lighting (service areas) areawide) ^� Assembly Member: Date Submitted: 8 ' k o ' 20 Z'-,� Agenda Date Requested: 7_3 Meeting Type:,K) WS ( ) RM It is recommended that you turn in request at least a month prior to the meeting date requested. The Mayor retains discretion when to place items on the agenda per KIBC 2.60.060B. Description of the item you are requesting to have placed on the agenda. Please submit one form for each item and submit any applicable documents with this form. �.�o` U�luoa9 Requested action of the Assembly: 1t ori `tvow QJi:� ��s A¢!L M�,iapa8.. A � n�ihb�Q, For Staff Use: j Received date: lO Ig3 Distributed to: Mayor ✓ DPO Manager Discussed at the agenda setting on: c(I I 1:1,L-2 Approved and scheduled on: WS Date: Oqh%_3 RM Date: Notes: C:\Users\iarellano\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\INetCache\Content.Outlook\DTIFKJZT\Assembly Agenda Item Request Form Rev.docx Page 7 of 162 Discussion On Limiting Air Bed And Breakfast Rentals As Long -Term Housin... AGENDA ITEM #2.b. City of Anchorage State and city business licenses are required. Room tax registration is required. Hosting platforms are allowed to collect and return the room tax to the city. City and Borough of Juneau Short-term rentals are defined as residential lodgings for fewer than 30 consecutive days to the same occupant. Required to have an Alaska Business License and to register with the CBJ Sales Tax Office prior to operations. Taxes: STIR operators are responsible for ensuring both sales and hotel taxes are collected from all rentals and remitted to CBJ. No rental platforms collect or remit sales taxes to CBJ directly. City of Palmer Defined as "Short-term rental" means a residential dwelling unit(s) that is rented out for compensation on a temporary basis, to a single person or group for a period of less than 30 consecutive days. Five types of short term rentals: Type -1: A short-term rental of one or more bedrooms in an owner -occupied dwelling, to a single person or group, while the owner is occupying the same dwelling unit for the entire rental period. Type -2: A short-term rental of a single family or duplex residential property where short-term lodging is provided to only one group at a time per dwelling unit. The owner of the property is or is not present at the property for the duration of any short-term rental. Type -3: A short-term rental of a multifamily residential property where short-term lodging is provided to only one group at a time per dwelling unit. The owner of the property is or is not present at the property for the duration of any short-term rental. Type -4: A "bed and breakfast homestay establishment" means an owner -occupied residential property where short-term lodging is provided that contains no more than five guest rooms and where breakfast service may be provided to overnight guests only. The owner must reside Page 8 of 162 Discussion On Limiting Air Bed And Breakfast Rentals As Long -Term Housin... AGENDA ITEM #2.b. on the property and be present at the property for the duration of any short-term rental. The property may be rented out to multiple short-term lodging groups at a time. Type -5: A "bed and breakfast inn" means a resident -managed residential property where short- term lodging is provided that contains no more than 15 guest rooms and where breakfast service may be provided to overnight guests only. The resident manager must reside on the property and be present at the property for the duration of any short-term rental. The property may be rented out to multiple short-term lodging groups at a time. A short-term rental permit is required to operate within the city and is valid for one year. Permits must be renewed annually in order to operate within the city. A permit is required for each short-term rental, even if there are multiple short-term rentals on a property. One additional parking space is required for each bedroom leased as a short-term rental. No signs permitted. The responsible party for the management of the short-term rental must be available at all times when the short-term rental is in operation. All noise code provisions shall be met. Short term rentals are permitted uses with standards in some zones and with a conditional use permit in other zones. City of Seward Short-term rental permit required. State and City business licenses are required. Bed tax registration is required. 1 parking space per guest room. Life safety inspection is required by the licensed home inspector. City and Borough of Sitka Defined as A short-term rental is the rental of an entire dwelling unit for fourteen days or less for a fee. A dwelling unit includes a kitchen, living area, toilet, and sleeping accommodations, and is designed as a unit to be occupied by no more than one family. Page 9 of 162 Discussion On Limiting Air Bed And Breakfast Rentals As Long -Term Housin... AGENDA ITEM #2.b. Permitted in certain zones. Conditional use in certain zones Prohibited in certain zones. Requirements for short-term rental permit and CUP: 1. 2 parking spaces are required for each short-term rental. 2. Occupancy is limited by local fire code. 3. Sales and bed tax accounts must be established. 4. Life safety inspection by a licensed home inspector 5. For CUP, review criteria: a. Amount of vehicular traffic to be generated and impacts of the traffic on nearby land uses. b. Amount of noise to be generated and its impacts on surrounding land uses. c. Odors to be generated by the use and their impacts. d. Hours of operation. e. Location along a major or collector street. f. Potential for users or clients to access the site through residential areas or substandard streets creating a cut -through traffic scenario. g. Effects on vehicular and pedestrian safety. h. Ability of the police, fire, and EMS personnel to respond to emergency calls on the site. i. Logic of the internal traffic layout. j. Effects of signage on nearby uses. k. Presence of existing or proposed buffers on the site or immediately adjacent the site. I. Relationship if the proposed conditional use is in a specific location to the goals, policies, and objectives of the comprehensive plan. m. Other criteria that surface through public comments or planning commission assembly review. City of Wasilla Requires a short-term rental permit prior to operation. Multiple units on a property engaged in short- term rentals must have a permit for each unit. A city business license is also required. Defined as "Short-term rental" means the commercial use, or the making available for commercial use, of an entire residential dwelling unit for transient rental, dwelling, overnight lodging or sleeping purposes, wherein any individual occupant rents or occupies the entire dwelling unit for a period of 30 days or less, with or without financial compensation, for a minimum of one night, but no more than 30 consecutive calendar days in duration. May also be referred to as VRBO, AirBnB, etc. Note: This term does not include bed and breakfast, hotel, motel, dormitory, public or private club, recreational vehicle park, hospital and medical clinic, nursing home, convalescent home, foster home, halfway house, transitional housing facility, any housing operated or used exclusively for religious, charitable or educational purposes, group living facility, or any housing owned by a governmental agency and used to house its employees for governmental purposes. Page 10 of 162 Discussion On Limiting Air Bed And Breakfast Rentals As Long -Term Housin... AGENDA ITEM #2.b. Permit requirements are: 1. In compliance with all zoning requirements. 2. The property is adequate size to accommodate the use. 3. Residential character of neighborhood shall be maintained. 4. Property owner is a permanent resident of Alaska. 5. Must provide local contact information for emergencies. 6. Prior to approval of a short term rental permit notice is given to all property owners with 1,200 fee of the subject property. 7. Short term rental must have a minimum of 2 parking spaces. 8. Inspection required from a licensed commercial or home inspector to confirm that the required fire and life safety protection measures are in place. 9. Standards: a. Density— a maximum of 75 short term permits maybe issued within the city limits. No owner or officer or employee of an entity may possess more than three permits. i. Multi -family buildings may have no more than 25 percent of the units within the building can be permitted as a short term rental. ii. Only one of the two units within a duplex may be permitted as a short term rental. iii. No more than one short term rental is allowed within any single family residential dwelling unit. b. Maximum occupancy — no more than two person per bedroom plus two, not to exceed 10 occupants, excluding persons two years of age or younger. c. No signage permitted d. All advertising of the short term rental shall include the city issued short term rental permit number. e. Listed operational restrictions on safety measures, lighting, nuisance mitigation, accurate records of rentals, control of animals by renters, property maintenance requirements, 10. The permit must be renewed annually. 4 Page 11 of 162 Discussion On Limiting Air Bed And Breakfast Rentals As Long -Term Housin... AGENDA ITEM #2.b. Kodiak Island Borough Lodges Short Term Rentals Shuyak Island State Park ii ��:+o+- 4 �' f ,� Shelikof Strait -„ Port Lions Remote STR's: 1 STR's: 1 Lodges: 3 • Lodges: 54 � Fire Kodiak STR's: 68 • Protection Area 1 STR's: 39 Lodges: 1 Larsen Bay •a STR's: 0 Chiniak Lodges: 6 STR's: 3 Lodges: 2 South Road System STR's: 3 Old Harbor STR's: 1 Lodges:3 • Maska rvlanhn,a National Wildlife Ref N W_+E S Esri, HERE, Garmin, USGS, NGA, EPA, USDA, NPS Size of the circle is proportional to total Number of STR's and Lodges Kodiak Island Borough GIS This map is provided for informational www.kodiakak.us Short Term Rentals purposes only and is not intended for (907)-486-9332 and Lodges any legal representation. 0 12.5 25 50 75 100 • short Term Rental Miles • Lodge Page 12 of 162 Discussion On Limiting Air Bed And Breakfast Rentals As Long -Term Housin... AGENDA ITEM #2.b. Locations Of Short Term Rentals in City of Kodiak and Fire Protection Area 1 0 • • This map is provided for informational purposes only and is not intended for any legal representation. Esri, HERE, Garmin, USGS, METI/NASA, EPA, USDA Kodiak Island Borough GIS Short Term Rentals www.kodiakak.us and Lodges (907)-486-9332 * FPA1 0 0.25 0.5 1 1.5 2 • city Miles • Lodge Page 13 of 162 Discussion On Limiting Air Bed And Breakfast Rentals As Long -Term Housin... AGENDA ITEM #2.b. Locations Of Short Term Rentals / Lodges In Bells Flats and on South Road System aAil u ry 7A 4011111,10" il Wo me ns Bay ' - / 0 Chiniak Bay 100( �J ` KAS4VAROFF MOUNT NEITd !AN Middle Bay .%' ' . Kalsin Bay • Isthumus �� • Bay all 401, 1-1 1..O�� f ' . SL@WEAK wif / �• 1R�P EA Nd 1 / 46 N S 110` /. _ Portage �� � Bay � � • • � �� Pasagshak I Esri, HERE, Garmin, USGS, METVNASA, NGA, EPA, USDA r Bay This map is provided for informational Kodiak Island Borough GIS Short Term Rentals purposes only and is not intended for www.kodiakak.us any legal representation. (907)-486-9332 and Lodges 0 1.25 2.5 5 7.5 10 • Short Term Rental Miles • Lodge Page 14 of 162 Discussion On Limiting Air Bed And Breakfast Rentals As Long -Term Housin... AGENDA ITEM #2.b. Kodiak Island Borough GIS 710 Mill Bay Road Kodiak, Alaska 99615 d6 . Phone (907) 486-9332 E-mail: twest@kodiakak.us Additional Chart for locations of Short Term Rentals and Lodges within Kodiak Island Borough. Number Of Short Term Rentals and Lodges Per Location 68 455 450 55 50 45 40 35 0 v 30 M LOQ M ST2 25 20 15 10 6 " 3 3 3 3 G 0 t © 0 1 5 1 E`c �a5 pia C JP Location South Road System includes everything South of the Pasagshak Rd, Chiniak Highway intersection. Fire Protection Area 1 include: Monashka, Spruce Cape, and all areas surrounding the City limits but not included within the city boundary. Remote: Includes all other non-specified locations on the Island. Page 15 of 162 Discussion On Limiting Air Bed And Breakfast Rentals As Long -Term Housin... AGENDA ITEM #2.c. KODIAK ISLAND BOROUGH STAFF REPORT FEBRUARY 29, 2024 4 ' x ASSEMBLY WORK SESSION SUBJECT: Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements ORIGINATOR: Ryan Sharratt, Borough Assembly RECOMMENDATION: For Assembly discussion only. DISCUSSION: Assembly Member Sharratt requested that we start the process for establishing transfer stations and creating recycling requirements. He would like to start working on regulatory enforcement by introducing an ordinance for recycling. ALTERNATIVES: FISCAL IMPACT: OTHER INFORMATION: Kodiak Island Borough Page 16 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Kodiak Island Borough Assembly Agenda Item Request Form C41) PLEASE FILL OUT AND RETURN TO THE CLERK Below Are The Adopted Powers Of The Kodiak Island Borough. Circle the adopted power your request falls under. Mandatory Powers of the Assembly: • Solid Waste Collection and Disposal (non-areawide/on road system • Education • General Administration and Finance • Parks and Recreation (non-areawide/outside cities) • Tax Assessment and Collection • Economic Development (non-areawide/outside cities) • Planning and Zoning • Animal Control (non-areawide/outside cities) • Fire Protection and First Responder Emergency • Adopted Powers of the Assembly: Medical Services (service areas) • Emergency Services Planning • Road Maintenance and Construction (service areas) • Community Health (restricted . Street Lighting (service areas) areawide) ^� Assembly Member: K�rn.�S�nrc r, -TT Date Submitted: $, t�1 • 23 Agenda Date Requested: -�� Meeting Type WS () RM It is recommended that you turn in request at least a month prior to the meeting date requested. The Mayor retains discretion when to place items on the agenda per KIBC 2.60.060B. Description of the item you are requesting to have placed on the agenda. Please submit one form for each item and submit any applicable documents with this form. Requested action of the Assembly``: 4f c:� wackL'. a.r d PDav\ �et For Staff Use: (( r% Received date: l� Distributed to: Mayor ✓ DPO v Manager_ Discussed at the agenda setting on: 1-' I„ L; •-, Z r �0 7-q Approved and scheduled on: WS Date: FZ~hpY2atsc2V RM Date: Notes: C:\Users\iarellano\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\INetCache\Content.Outlook\DTJFKJZT\Assembly Agenda Item Request Form Rev.docx Page 17 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. �",EPA United States Waste Transfer Stations: Environmental Protection Agency A Manual for Decision -Making s y ,:,r �. -Ot w r.� F Page 18 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. he Office of Solid Waste (OSW) would like to acknowledge and thank the members of the Solid Waste Association of North America Focus Group and the National Environmental Justice Advisory Council Waste Transfer Station Working Group for reviewing and providing comments on this draft document. We would also like to thank Keith Gordon of Weaver Boos & Gordon, Inc., for providing a technical review and donating several of the photographs included in this document. Acknowledgements i Page 19 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Acknowledgments......................................................i Introduction...........................................................1 What Are Waste Transfer Stations? .................................................. 1 Why Are Waste Transfer Stations Needed? ........................................... 2 Why Use Waste Transfer Stations? .................................................. 3 Is a Transfer Station Right for Your Community? ....................................... 4 Planning and Siting a Transfer Station ........................................ 7 Types of Waste Accepted.........................................................7 21 Unacceptable Wastes............................................................7 21 Public Versus Commercial Use ..................................................... 8 Determining Transfer Station Size and Capacity ....................................... 8 Number and Sizing of Transfer Stations ......................................... 10 Future Expansion............................................................11 Site Selection..................................................................11 27 Environmental Justice Considerations ........................................... 1 1 The Siting Process and Public Involvement .......................................... 1 1 SitingCriteria...................................................................14 Exclusionary Siting Criteria .................................................... 14 Technical Siting Criteria....................................................... 15 Developing Community -Specific Criteria ........................................ 17 Applying the Committee's Criteria ............................................. 18 Host Community Agreements ................................................. 18 Transfer Station Design and Operation ...................................... 21 Transfer Station Design.......................................................... 21 How Will the Transfer Station Be Used? ......................................... 21 Site Design Plan.............................................................21 Main Transfer Area Design .................................................... 22 Types of Vehicles That Use a Transfer Station .................................... 23 Transfer Technology.........................................................25 Transfer Station Operations....................................................... 27 Operations and Maintenance Plans ............................................. 27 Facility Operating Hours ...................................................... 32 Interacting With the Public....................................................33 Waste Screening............................................................33 Emergency Situations........................................................34 Recordkeeping..............................................................35 Environmental Issues.............................................................37 Traffic.....................................................................38 Noise.....................................................................39 Odors.....................................................................40 Contents in Page 20 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. AirEmissions...............................................................41 Storm Water Quality.........................................................41 49 Vectors....................................................................43 Litter......................................................................43 SafetyIssues...................................................................44 Exposure to Potentially Hazardous Equipment .................................... 45 Personal Protective Equipment ................................................ 45 Exposure to Extreme Temperatures ............................................ 45 Traffic.....................................................................45 Falls.......................................................................46 Noise.....................................................................47 AirQuality.................................................................47 Hazardous Wastes and Materials .............................................. 48 Ergonomics.................................................................48 Facility Oversight......................................................49 Applicable Regulations........................................................... 49 Federal Regulations..........................................................49 State Regulations............................................................49 Local Regulations............................................................49 Common Regulatory Compliance Methods ......................................... 50 Compliance Inspections......................................................50 Reporting..................................................................50 Resources...........................................................51 Glossaryof Terms and Acronyms .......................................... 53 Appendix............................................................A-1 iv Contents Page 21 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. his manual defines what a transfer station is and how it relates to municipal solid waste management in the context of a community's total waste management plan. The manual identifies issues and factors to consid- er when deciding to build a transfer station, planning and designing it, selecting a site, and involving the community. In many communities, citizens have voiced concerns about solid waste transfer stations that are poorly sited, designed, or operated. In addition, some citizens might feel that transfer stations are disproportionately concentrated in or near their communities. Yet transfer sta- tions play an important role in a community's waste management system. In 1993, the National Environmental Justice Advisory Council (NEJAC) was formed to "provide independent advice, consultation, and recommendations to EPA on matters relat- ed to environmental justice." The Waste and Facility Siting Subcommittee, one of NEJAC's six subcommittees, received numerous com- ments from citizens of several major metropol- itan areas concerning the negative impacts of waste transfer stations and their dispropor- tionate siting in low-income communities and communities of color. The Subcommittee, with support from EPA, formed the Waste Transfer Station Working Group in 1998 to investigate these comments. The Working Group arranged two fact-finding sessions in New York City and Washington, DC, during November 1998 and February 1999 respective- ly. These sessions were each two-day events consisting of a day of tours of area waste transfer stations and a second day of public meetings. Based upon these two fact-finding sessions, the Working Group in March 2000 published the draft report, A Regulatory Strategy for Siting and Operating Waste Transfer Stations. This report made several recommen- dations to EPA concerning proper and equi- table siting and operation of transfer stations. In response in to this report, EPA has devel- oped this manual and its companion publica- tion Waste Transfer Stations: Involved Citizens Make the Difference (EPA530-K-01-003). The intent of this manual is to promote the use of best practices in transfer station siting, design, and operation to maximize facilities' effectiveness and efficiency, while minimizing their impact on the community. It is designed to assist facility owners and operators; state, local, and tribal environmental managers; and the public evaluate and choose protective practices for siting, designing, and operation of municipal solid waste transfer stations. The manual is divided into the following chapters: • Planning and Siting a Transfer Station • Transfer Station Design and Operations • Facility Oversight What Are Waste Transfer Stations? Waste transfer stations play an important role in a community's total waste management system, serving as the link between a commu- Aerial view of a totally enclosed transfer station. Introduction 1 Page 22 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements nity's solid waste collection program and a final waste disposal facility. While facility ownership, sizes, and services offered vary significantly among transfer stations, they all serve the same basic purpose—consolidating waste from multiple collection vehicles into larger, high-volume transfer vehicles for more economical shipment to distant disposal sites. In its simplest form, a transfer station is a facility with a designated receiving area where waste collection vehicles discharge their loads. The waste is often compacted, then loaded into larger vehicles (usually transfer trailers, but intermodal containers, railcars, and barges are also used) for long-haul shipment to a final disposal site—typically a landfill, waste - to -energy plant, or a composting facility. No long-term storage of waste occurs at a transfer station; waste is quickly consolidated and loaded into a larger vehicle and moved off site, usually in a matter of hours. For purposes of this manual, facilities serv- ing only as citizen drop-off stations or com- munity convenience centers are not considered waste transfer stations. Only a facility that receives some portion of its waste directly from collection vehicles, then consoli- dates and reloads the waste onto larger vehi- cles for delivery to a final disposal facility, is considered a transfer station. A convenience center, on the other hand, is a designated area where residents manually discard waste and recyclables into dumpsters or collection con- tainers. These containers are periodically removed or emptied, and the waste is trans- ported to the appropriate disposal site (or pos- sibly to a transfer station first). Convenience centers are not suitable for use as transfer sta- tions because they cannot readily handle the large volume of waste that is discharged by a self -unloading collection truck. While these sites are not considered transfer stations with- in the context of this manual, it is important to note that heavily used convenience centers can face similar concerns as transfer stations (e.g., litter, road access, vehicle queuing, storm water run on and run off). Consequently, it may be appropriate to consider implementing some of the concepts and practices advocated in this manual at these sites. Many communi- 2 Introduction AGENDA ITEM #2.c. ties have installed full-service operations that provide public waste and recyclables drop-off accommodations on the same site as their transfer stations. Source reduction and recycling also play an integral role in a community's total waste management system. These two activities can significantly reduce the weight and volume of waste materials requiring disposal, which reduces transportation, landfill, and incinera- tor costs. Source reduction consists of reduc- ing waste at the source by changing product design, manufacturing processes, and pur- chasing and sales practices to reduce the quantity or toxicity of materials before they reach the waste stream. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) policy promotes source reduction as the waste management technique of choice. Recycling—the collection, processing, and manufacture of new products—likewise diverts materials from the landfill or incinera- tor. These recyclable materials are prepared for shipment to markets in a special facility called a MRF, which stands for materials recovery facility. A MRF is simply a special type of transfer station that separates, processes, and consolidates recyclable materials for shipment to one or more recovery facilities rather than a landfill or other disposal site. Consequently, the concepts and practices in this manual can be applied to MRFs as well. Aggressive community source reduction and recycling programs can substantially reduce the amount of waste destined for long haul transfer and disposal. If these reductions are significant enough, a community may find that fewer or smaller transfer stations can meet its needs. Why Are Waste Transfer Stations Needed? The nationwide trend in solid waste disposal has been toward construction of larger, more remote, regional landfills. Economic consid- erations, heavily influenced by regulatory and social forces, are compelling factors leading to this result. The passage of federal criteria in 1991 established new design Page 23 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements requirements for municipal solid waste land- fills. These new standards include design, operating, and monitoring requirements that significantly add to construction, operating, closure, and post -closure monitoring costs. As older landfills near urban centers reach capacity and begin closing, cities must decide whether to construct new landfills or to seek other disposal options. Many com- munities find the cost of upgrading existing facilities or constructing new landfills to be prohibitively high, and opt to close existing facilities. For these communities, transferring waste to a large regional landfill is an appealing alternative. In addition to regulatory requirements, public opposition frequently makes siting new landfills near population centers difficult. The current atmosphere is such that gaining public and political approval for constructing new disposal capacity near population centers is challenging. Also, adequate land is often not available near densely populated or urban areas. These social, political, and geographical factors have further stimulated the rise in con- struction of large, remote, regional landfills. Economic considerations, especially economies of scale, further promote develop- ment of large regional facilities. To offset the high cost of constructing and maintaining a modern landfill, facility owners construct large facilities that attract high volumes of waste from a greater geographic area. By maintaining a high volume of incoming waste, landfill owners can keep the per -ton tipping fees low, which subsequently attracts more business. Rural and urban communities alike are finding that the most economically viable solution to their waste disposal needs is ship- ping their waste to these facilities. In these cir- cumstances, a transfer station serves as the critical consolidation link in making cost-effec- tive shipments to these distant facilities. Why Use Waste Transfer Stations? The primary reason for using a transfer station is to reduce the cost of transporting waste to disposal facilities. Consolidating smaller loads from collection vehicles into larger transfer vehicles reduces hauling costs by enabling col - AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Figure 1. Sample Comparison of Hauling Costs With and Without a Transfer Station $30 ---.;..........................— $zs """"H'aul cost without = I transfer station d I >z $20 ------------ ' --------- } - r r � I "(creak even" point � w $15 UHaul cost with '• transfer station c $10 Transfer station capital, operating, A... J $S .... .. .. .. .v. .. ..-_. .._v._...._._.._w.____ ...... ..... .... ............. andimaintenani�e cost. $0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Round-trip Distance from Waste Source to Disposal, miles The following assumptions were used to create this sample comparison: Cost to build, own, and operate transfer station—dollars per ton $10 Average payload of collection truck hauling directly to landfill—tons 7 Average payload of transfer truck hauling from transfer station to landfill—tons 21 Average trucking cost (direct or transfer hauling)—dollars per mile $3 The comparison shows a break-even distance of about 35 miles (round-trip). In other words, for this example, using a transfer station is cost-effective when the round-trip distance exceeds 35 miles. When the round-trip distance is less than 35 miles, direct haul is more cost-effective. Although the same economic principles apply, break-even distances will vary in different situations based on the site-specific input data. lection crews to spend less time traveling to and from distant disposal sites and more time collecting waste. This also reduces fuel con- sumption and collection vehicle maintenance costs, plus produces less overall traffic, air emissions, and road wear. In addition, a transfer station also provides: • An opportunity to screen waste prior to dis- posal. Introduction 3 Page 24 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements • Flexibility in selecting waste disposal options. • An opportunity to serve as a convenience center for public use. At many transfer stations, workers screen incoming wastes on conveyor systems, tipping floors, or in receiving pits. Waste screening has two components: separating recyclables from the waste stream and identifying any wastes that might be inappropriate for disposal (e.g., hazardous wastes or materials, white goods, whole tires, auto batteries, or infectious waste). Identifying and removing recyclables reduces the weight and volume of waste sent for final disposal and, depending on local recycling markets, might generate revenue. Screening for inappropriate wastes is more efficient at the transfer station than the landfill. Waste transfer stations also offer more flexi- bility in terms of disposal options. Decision - makers have the opportunity to select the most cost-effective and/or environmentally Calculating Transfer Station Break -Even Points To calculate the break-even point for a specific facility, first determine the following values: • Transfer Station Cost (cost to build, own, and operate transfer station, in dollars per ton) • Direct Haul Payload (average payload of collection truck hauling directly to landfill, in tons) • Transfer Haul Payload (average payload of transfer truck hauling from transfer station to landfill, in tons) • Trucking Cost (average cost of direct or transfer hauling, in dollars per mile) Once these values are known, use the following formulas to calculate cost at different distances: Cost of Direct Haul (without the use of a waste transfer station) Distance (miles) multiplied by Trucking Cost (dollars per mile) divided by Direct Haul Payload (tons) Cost of Transfer Haul Transfer Station Cost (dollars per ton) plus Distance (miles) multiplied by Trucking Cost (dollars per mile) divided by Transfer Haul Payload (tons) 4 Introduction AGENDA ITEM #2.c. protective disposal sites, even if they are more distant. They can consider multiple disposal facilities, secure competitive disposal fees, and choose a desired method of disposal (e.g., landfilling or incineration). Finally, transfer stations often include con- venience centers open to public use. These cen- ters enable individual citizens to deliver waste directly to the transfer station facility for ulti- mate disposal. Some convenience centers offer programs to manage yard waste, bulky items, household hazardous waste, and recyclables. These multipurpose convenience centers are assets to the community because they assist in achieving recycling goals, increase the public's knowledge of proper materials management, and divert materials that would otherwise bur- den existing disposal capacity. Is a Transfer Station Right for Your Community? Deciding whether a transfer station is appro- priate for an individual community is based on determining if the benefits outweigh the costs. Decision -makers need to weigh the plan- ning, siting, designing, and operating costs against the savings the transfer station might generate from reduced hauling costs. To assist in making this determination, public and pri- vate decision -makers often employ third -party solid waste experts. These experts are familiar with both the technical and regulatory issues that must be addressed in developing a suc- cessful waste transfer station. It may be help- ful to retain qualified consulting or engineering firms specializing in solid waste engineering. It is also important to note that in some areas, the regulatory agency might require that the transfer station plans be certi- fied by a professional engineer. Again, this engineer should be an experienced solid waste professional. Complex projects might also require the assistance of architects, geotechni- cal engineers, lawyers, and other specialists. Although cost-effectiveness will vary, transfer stations generally become economi- cally viable when the hauling distance to the disposal facility is greater than 15 to 20 miles. Page 25 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements Figure 1 demonstrates a representative "cost versus miles" relationship between direct hauling waste to disposal facilities in collec- tion vehicles versus consolidation, transfer, and hauling in larger vehicles. Using the assumptions listed below Figure 1, we see that the average cost per ton to move the waste from the collection vehicle onto the transfer vehicle is $10 before the hauling vehi- cle leaves the transfer station. This is the cost per ton to build, operate, and maintain the station. Due to its economy of scale, however, the transfer trailer can move waste on a much lower "per mile" basis because it can carry the waste of several individual collection vehicles. Using the assumptions listed, the cost per ton per mile (ton -mile) using a collection vehi- cle is $0.43 ($3/mile truck operating cost divid- ed by 7 tons per average load). In this example, the transfer hauling vehicle's cost per ton -mile is much lower, at $0.14 ($3 divided by 21 tons per average load). Figure 1 shows how this cost per ton -mile advantage for the trans- fer hauling vehicle soon overcomes the initial cost of developing and operating the transfer station. In this case, based on the indicated assumptions, cost savings will start to be real- ized when the round-trip hauling distance exceeds 35 miles (17.5 miles one way). Because the cost to own, operate, and maintain collec- tion vehicles, transfer stations, and transfer hauling vehicles will vary depending on local parameters, the break-even point indicated on Figure 1 will vary. The formulas used in gener- ating Figure 1 are provided below to allow for site-specific calculations. Introduction 5 AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Page 26 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. variety of issues must be taken into account during the planning and siting stages of transfer sta- tion development. This section discusses the types of waste trans- fer stations typically accept, factors affecting a transfer stations size and capacity, and issues regarding facility siting, including process issues and public involvement. While the planning and siting phases of facility develop- ment might involve a significant investment of resources, this initial investment is crucial to ensuring an appropriate project outcome sen- sitive to the host community. Types of Waste Accepted In addition to processing mixed municipal solid waste (MSW), some transfer stations offer programs that manage specific materials separately to divert waste from disposal and to achieve recycling objectives. These materi- als could include construction and demolition debris, yard waste, household hazardous waste, or recyclables. The types of materials processed often vary depending on where the facility is located (urban, suburban, rural) and who owns and operates the transfer station (public entity or private industry). Types of waste that transfer stations com- monly handle are described in the adjacent box. If a community offers programs that man- age parts of the waste stream separately, it might reduce expenses by locating the materi- al management programs at the transfer sta- tion. Savings might result by: • Using dual -collection vehicles for refuse and source -separated waste streams and delivering all waste to the transfer station in one vehicle. • Continuing to use separate collections for refuse and source -separated waste streams, but having all processing facilities located at one site, thus minimizing the cost of multiple utility connections, traffic control systems, office space, and administration. This approach also eliminates the cost and complexity of multiple siting and permit- ting efforts. Unacceptable Wastes Certain wastes might be unacceptable at a transfer station for a variety of reasons, including: • They are prohibited by state or federal reg- ulations (e.g., PCBs, lead acid batteries, radioactive materials). Wastes Commonly Handled at Transfer Stations The following types of waste are commonly handled at transfer stations. Specific definitions of these wastes vary locally. Municipal solid waste (MSW) is generated by households, businesses, institutions, and industry. MSW typically contains a wide variety of materials including discarded containers, packaging, food wastes, and paper products. MSW includes a mixture of putrescible (easily degradable) and nonputresci- ble (inert) materials. Three types of MSW are commonly diverted and han- dled separately: Yard waste (green waste) commonly includes leaves, grass clippings, tree trimmings, and brush. Yard waste is often diverted so that it may be composted or mulched instead of going for disposal. Household hazardous waste (HHW) includes hazardous materials generated by households, such as cleaning products; pesticides; herbi- cides; used automotive products such as motor oil, brake fluid, and antifreeze; and paint. Recyclables include discarded materials that can be reprocessed for manufacture into new products. Common recyclables include paper, newsprint, ferrous metals, plastic, glass containers, aluminum cans, motor oil, and tires. Construction and demolition (C&D) debris results from demolition or construction of buildings, roads, and other structures. It typically consists of concrete, brick, wood, masonry, roofing materials, sheetrock, plaster, metals, and tree stumps. Sometimes C&D debris is managed separately from MSW; other times it is mixed with MSW. Planning and Siting a Transfer Station 7 Page 27 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements • They are difficult or costly to process (e.g., tires). • They might pose a health or fire hazard. • They might be prohibited at the disposal facility to which the transfer station delivers. • They might be prohibited (within a mixed waste load destined for disposal) because local regulations require they be recycled. • They might be so large that they could damage trucks or equipment during waste loading operations. The following types of wastes are typically not accepted at transfer stations: large bulky objects such as tree stumps, mattresses, or fur- niture; infectious medical waste; hazardous waste; explosives; radioactive materials; fuel tanks (even if empty); appliances; dead ani- mals; asbestos; liquids and sludges; and dust - prone materials. This is a general list; some transfer stations might be set up to process these wastes, while others might have a longer list of unacceptable materials. While these and other unacceptable wastes represent a small fraction of the solid waste stream, properly managing them can require significant effort by the transfer station operator and the local solid waste management authority. The sec- tion on waste screening in the Transfer Station Design and Operation chapter further discuss- es how to properly manage and reduce the frequency of unacceptable waste at a transfer station. Public Versus Commercial Use Some transfer stations provide public access to the facility rather than restricting access only to waste collection vehicles. The types of cus- tomers accommodated vary depending on where the facility is located and who owns and operates the transfer station. Publicly operated transfer stations are more likely to be open to public use. Private transfer stations might not be open to the public because resi- dents deliver relatively small amounts of waste with each visit, require more direction for safe and efficient use of the transfer sta- tion, and generally pay relatively small fees 8 Planning and Siting a Transfer Station AGENDA ITEM #2.c. for using the transfer station. The general pub- lic usually is allowed to use a transfer station for any of several reasons: waste collection is not universally provided in the area; some wastes, such as bulky items or remodeling debris, are not collected; or public access is part of a strategy to prevent illegal dumping by providing a convenient, cost-effective place for people to deposit waste. Public unloading areas and traffic patterns are usually kept sep- arate from commercial vehicles for safety and efficiency. Determining Transfer Station Size and Capacity The physical size of a planned transfer station is typically determined based on the following factors: The definition of the service area. Sometimes this is relatively simple, such as ,,all waste generated by Anytown, USA;' or "all waste collected by Acme Hauling Company." Other times, the service area is more difficult to define because of varying public and private roles in solid waste man- agement and the changing availability of existing disposal facilities. • The amount of waste generated within the service area, including projected changes such as population growth and recycling programs. • The types of vehicles delivering waste (such as car or pickup truck versus a specially designed waste -hauling truck used by a waste collection company). • The types of materials to be transferred (e.g., compacted versus loose MSW, yard waste, C&D), including seasonal variations. • Daily and hourly arrival patterns of cus- tomers delivering waste. Hourly arrivals tend to cluster in the middle of the day, with typical peaks just before and after lunchtime. Peak hourly arrivals tend to dictate a facility's design more than average daily arrivals. • The availability of transfer trailers, inter- modal containers, barges, or railcars, and how fast these can be loaded. Page 28 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements • Expected increases in tonnage delivered during the life of the facility. For example, in a region with annual population growth of 3 to 4 percent, a facility anticipating a 20 - year operating life would typically be designed for about twice the capacity that it uses in its first year of operation. • The relationship to other existing and pro- posed solid waste management facilities such as landfills, recycling facilities, and waste -to -energy facilities. The same factors are used to determine the size of the following transfer station features: • Amount of off-street vehicle queuing (wait- ing) space. At peak times, vehicles must often wait to check in at a facility's "gate- house" or "scale house." It is important that the queue (line) not block public streets or impede vehicular or pedestrian traffic. • Number and size of unloading stalls, and corresponding number of transfer trailer loading positions. • Short-term waste processing and storage areas (for holding waste until it can be reloaded into transfer vehicles). Present and projected daily, weekly, and annu- al waste volumes (including seasonal varia- tions) are important in planning facility size to accommodate waste deliveries. The maximum rate at which waste is delivered is a crucial consideration as well. In general, it is best to build a facility to accommodate present and projected maximum volumes and peak flows, with a preplanned footprint for facility expan- sion. A useful exercise is calculating how much tipping floor space a facility would require to store a full day's waste in case of extreme emergency. One approach to estimating the required tipping floor space is to begin with a base area of 4,000 square feet and add to it 20 square feet for each ton of waste received in a day (assuming the waste will be temporarily piled 6 feet high on the tipping floor).' For example, if the facility receives 100 tons of AGENDA ITEM #2.c. waste per day, a tipping floor space of 6,000 square feet would be required (i.e., 4,000 ft' + (100 TPD x 20 ftz/ton) = 6,000 ft) "Chapter 4: Collection and Transfer" in EPA's Decision Maker's Guide to Solid Waste Management also provides a series of formulas for helping deter- mine transfer station capacity These formulas are presented in the box below. Formulas for Determining Transfer Station Capacity Stations with Surge Pits Based on rate at which wastes can be unloaded from collection vehicles: C = PC x (L / W) x (60 x HW / TC) x F Based on rate at which transfer trailers are loaded: C = (Pt x N x 60 x Ht) / (Tt + B) Direct Dump Stations C= Nn x Pt x F x 60 x HW / [(Pt/Pc) x (W/Ln) x Tc] + B Hopper Compaction Stations C= (Nn xPtxFx60xHW) /(Pt/PcxTc) +B Push Pit Compaction Stations C = (Np x Pt x F x 60 x HW) / [(Pt/Pc) x (W/Lp) x Tc] + Bc + B Where: C Station capacity (tons/day) PC Collection vehicle payloads (tons) L Total length of dumping space (feet) W Width of each dumping space (feet) HW Hours per day that waste is delivered TC Time to unload each collection vehicle (minutes) F Peaking factor (ratio of number of collection vehicles received during an average 30 -minute period to the number received during a peak 30 -minute period) Pt Transfer trailer payload (tons) N Number of transfer trailers loading simultaneously Ht Hours per day used to load trailers (empty trailers must be available) B Time to remove and replace each loaded trailer (minutes) Tt Time to load each transfer trailer (minutes) Nn Number of hoppers Ln Length of each hopper Lp Length of each push pit (feet) N Number of push pits B P Total cycle time for clearing each push pit and compacting waste into trailer Source: Decision -Makers Guide to Solid Waste Management, Secon Edition (EPA530-R-95-023), p. 4-23. 1 Solid Waste Association of North America. 2001. Transfer Systems Management Training Course. SWANA. Washington, DC. Planning and Siting a Transfer Station 9 Page 29 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements Queuing in Urban Areas In extreme situations where adequate queuing space cannot be provided on the transfer station site, an additional offsite area can be provided as a holding area for waiting trucks. Transfer station staff can dispatch the wait- ing trucks via radio when the station is ready to receive them. Number and Sizing of Transfer Stations Design capacity is determined by the maxi- mum distance from which waste can be eco- nomically delivered to the transfer station. The area that can efficiently reach the waste trans- fer station determines the volume of waste that must be managed, which is the facility's initial design capacity. Beyond a certain dis- tance, another transfer station might be neces- sary, or it might become just as cost-effective to direct haul to the disposal facility. Transfer stations serving rural or tribal areas tend to be small. They are optimally located within a reasonable driving time from the serv- ice area's largest concentration of homes and businesses. For example, a rural transfer station could be located near one of the service area's larger towns and sized to take waste from all waste generators within about 30 miles. As an example, two 50 -ton -per -day transfer stations might each serve six small communities. Alternately, fewer transfer stations could be used, necessitating longer average travel dis- tances. For example, one 100 -ton -per -day trans- fer station could be used to serve the same 12 small communities, but it would be located far- ther from the outlying communities. Addressing Site Size Limitations When site size is not adequate to accom- modate ideal designs and practices, additional engineering design features will be needed to mitigate the facility's potential nega- tive impacts. For example, sound barriers might need to be incorporated into the site plan to reduce noise. Another approach is to select multiple, smaller capacity sites if a single parcel of land large enough to accommodate an ideal facility does not exist. These separate sites could be used to hold trucks awaiting delivery, or to store transfer trailers. In urban or subur- ban areas, the same situations exist. A midsize city (popula- tion 500,000), for example, might decide that two 800 - ton -per -day transfer stations would best serve its community. This same city could alternately decide that a single 1,600 - ton -per -day transfer station is its best 10 Planning and Siting a Transfer Station AGENDA ITEM #2.c. option, even when the longer driving dis- tances are considered. When deciding which approach is best for a community, issues to consider include the impacts the transfer sta- tion(s) will have on the surrounding area, sit- ing complications, and the cost to build and operate the transfer station(s). Each approach offers advantages and disadvantages that must be reconciled with local needs. The biggest advantage of constructing large transfer stations is the economies of scale that can significantly reduce capital and operational costs. Centralizing waste transfer operations allows communities to reduce equipment, con- struction, waste handling, and transportation costs. The siting of a single facility may often prove easier than siting multiple facilities. Large facilities are also conducive to barge or rail operations that can further decrease traffic - related impacts on the community. Along relat- ed lines, however, a major drawback to building a single large facility is locating a tract of land that adequately meets facility require- ments. Large facilities also tend to concentrate impacts to a single area, which can create the perception of inequity, especially when one neighborhood is shouldering the burden for the entire city. A single facility can result in longer travel times, which leads to increased down time for the collection crew and increased wear and tear on collection vehicles. Another consideration is that a single facility cannot divert waste to a backup facility if a need arises. The single facility must have addi- tional equipment in case of equipment failure or other emergencies. In other situations, multiple smaller sites might better address a community's waste management needs. Decentralizing waste transfer operations spreads lesser impacts over a wider area, which helps address equity issues. Although it is generally more expen- sive to build and operate several small trans- fer stations rather than one large station with the same total capacity, savings from reduced travel times might offset these capital costs and result in lower overall system costs. Multiple facilities also are better able to serve as backups for one another in case of sched- uled or emergency shutdowns of facilities. The Page 30 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements major disadvantage to building multiple facili- ties is that the difficulties encountered in siting a single facility can become multiplied. Future Expansion Transfer stations are frequently designed to accommodate future expansion. Often, this is accomplished by siting the facility on a larger parcel of land than would otherwise be neces- sary and preplanning the site and buildings so expansion can occur without negatively affect- ing other functions on the site or the sur- rounding community. Although expansion of effective capacity can sometimes be accom- plished simply by expanding the hours of operation, this approach is not always effec- tive because the transfer station must accom- modate the collection schedules of vehicles delivering waste to the facility. In addition, increased operating hours might not be com- patible with the surrounding community. Site Selection Identifying a suitable site for a waste transfer station can be a challenging process. Site suit- ability depends on numerous technical, envi- ronmental, economic, social, and political criteria. When selecting a site, a balance needs to be achieved among the multiple criteria that might have competing objectives. For example, a site large enough to accommodate all required functions and possibly future expansion, might not be centrally located in the area where waste is generated. Likewise, in densely developed urban areas, ideal sites that include effective natural buffers simply might not be available. Less than ideal sites may still present the best option due to trans- portation, environmental, and economic con- siderations. Yet another set of issues that must be addressed relates to public concern or opposition, particularly from people living or working near the proposed site. The relative weight given to each criteria used in selecting a suitable site will vary by the community's needs and concerns. Whether the site is in an urban, suburban, or rural setting will also play a role in final site selection. AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Environmental Justice Considerations During the site selection process, steps should be taken to ensure that siting decisions are not imposing a disproportionate burden upon low-income or minority communities. Overburdening a community with negative impact facilities can create health, environ- mental, and quality of living concerns. It can also have a negative economic impact by low- ering property values and hindering commu- nity revitalization plans. These are just a few of the reasons environmental justice concerns need to be addressed when selecting a site for a waste transfer station. The Siting Process and Public Involvement A siting process that includes continuous pub- lic participation is integral to developing a transfer station. The public must be a legiti- mate partner in the facility siting process to integrate community needs and concerns and to influence the decision-making process. Addressing public concerns is also essential to building integrity and instituting good com- munications with the community. Establishing credibility and trust with the public is as Maximizing Public Committee Participation Public committees are often convened to assist with developing public policy. To maximize participation, the process should: • Give committee members a chance to be actively involved. • Allow the committee to remove the selected facilitator if concerns about objectivity exist. • Encourage members to discuss relevant concerns and to raise questions or objections freely. Criticisms or challenges should be directed toward the issues; the facilitator should swiftly mitigate personal criticisms. • Agree on a means to resolve disagreements before they arise. • Allow members to discuss the results of each meeting with their con- stituents. • Provide technical experts to educate participants. • Distribute literature about upcoming issues before meetings. Planning and Siting a Transfer Station 11 Page 31 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements Informing the Community When initiating a siting process, education must be extended beyond the siting committee and include a communitywide outreach initia- tive. Components of this type of public outreach typically include: • Special public meetings. • Interviews with local newspapers for feature stories. • Interviews with media editorial boards. • Interviews with broadcast media. • News conferences, press releases, and press kits. • Paid advertising. • Internet sites. • Informational literature. • Direct mail with project updates. • City council/county commission presentations. • Presentations to civic, environmental, religious, and professional groups. • Presentations to neighborhood groups. • Community education programs and workshops. • Reading files located in public libraries or community centers that docu- ment the process. Beyond communitywide outreach, initiate specific and targeted contact with key members of potential host communities, and identify community - specific conditions that need to be considered. Individuals might become proponents of the proposed facility if contacted directly for input, rather than opposing it based on misleading secondhand information. important as addressing environmental, social, and economic concerns about the solid waste facilityz A companion document to this manu- al, Waste Transfer Stations: Involved Citizens Make the Difference (EPA530-K-01-003), pro- vides key information citizens require to be effectively involved in the siting and develop- ment process. Two other EPA documents, Sites for Our Solid Waste: A Guidebook for Effective Public Involvement (EPA 530 -SW -90-019) and RCRA Public Participation Manual (EPA530-R- 96-007), provide further information and AGENDA ITEM #2.c. examples of how to integrate public participa- tion into the waste management facility siting and development process. Following are some general guidelines for developing and imple- menting a siting process that is open to and integrates meaningful public input. For publicly developed transfer stations, a good first step by public officials in the site selection process is establishing a siting com- mittee. The committee's main responsibility includes developing criteria to identify and evaluate potential sites. The committee should consist of key individuals who represent vari- ous stakeholder interests. These stakeholders might include: • Community and neighborhood groups. • Industry and business representatives. • Civic and public interest groups. • Environmental organizations. • Local- and state -elected officials. • Public officials, such as public works employees and solid waste professionals. • Academic institutions. Committee members should be selected to ensure broad geographical representation from across the area to be served by the trans- fer station. In addition, committee representa- tion should seek gender balance and racial diversity. Volunteer participation should also be solicited. The committee's meeting times and dates must be planned and scheduled to facilitate attendance by all committee members and other members of the public. Therefore, meet- ing schedules should avoid conflicts with other major community, cultural, or religious events. To encourage active public participa- tion, meetings should be prominently adver- tised in the media in a timely manner and be held in facilities accessible to the disabled and located on public transportation routes. Frequently, a facilitator is hired or appointed to keep the meetings focused, to minimize the 2 McMaster Institute of Environment and Health, "Psychological Impacts of the Landfill Siting Process in Two Southern Ontario Communities." 12 Planning and Siting a Transfer Station Page 32 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements Building Reuse: Weighing the Consequences Adapting an existing building for reuse as a waste transfer station is usually done as a capital cost savings measure. Building reuse saves on new site construction and can avoid the permitting process if the existing site already has a permit allow- ing the waste transfer activity. Building reuse can have some ben- efits, including conserving construction materials required for new structures and facilities; reducing waste from the demolition of existing buildings; recycling unused property for which no other uses were found; and redeveloping contaminated property (brownfields redevelopment). But the negative aspects frequent- ly outweigh the positives. Pitfalls and problems associated with adaptation or retrofitting of buildings for waste transfer stations include: • Transfer buildings have unique requirements rarely found in structures designed for other uses. These include the need for vertical clearances sufficient to accommodate the tipping height of commercial collection vehicles. New facilities are usually designed with at least 25 to 30 feet of vertical clear- ance from the tipping floor to the lowest overhead element. Busy transfer stations require adequate onsite space for vehi- cle parking and queuing, something reused buildings often lack. In fact, one of the most common problems with building reuse is inadequate queuing space, which leads to vehicles blocking neighborhood streets. Queuing trucks on city streets creates health and safety issues, and can be very disruptive for the surrounding neighborhood. • Transfer stations need relatively large, open floor areas suitable for maneuvering large vehi- cles. Interior building columns and walls might not accommodate the kind of safe traffic movements that are needed, which could pose a hazard and reduce traffic efficiency. • Enclosed transfer structures also require large, very tall access doors. Doors 24 -feet high are not unusual in new transfer buildings. The design must assume that a collection truck will inadvertently exit the transfer station building with its tipping bed extended. AGENDA ITEM #2.c. • Older structures, particularly older warehouse type struc- tures, often fail to meet current structural design codes. In particular, modern seismic and fire code requirements have changed considerably in recent years. Retrofitting older struc- tures might prove more costly than demolishing and replacing the structure. Transfer station structures can experience substantial vibra- tions from heavy equipment used to compact and load waste into the transfer vehicles. Concrete and steel floors, pil- lars, and other building reinforcements must be designed to accommodate these high levels of vibration. Older buildings not designed for this heavy use often can not meet these requirements. Most transfer stations require some amount of grade separa- tion so waste can be loaded into open -topped vehicles to simplify the waste loading process. Since customer and trans- fer vehicles both need to access the structure, but at different levels, finding a building that offers this configuration might prove difficult. Installing additional levels or tunnels can be costly or impractical in some areas (i.e., shallow ground water or bedrock). • Waste transfer stations include more than just the tipping area. While an existing building might be very adaptive to waste transfer, the overall building site needs to accommo- date the supporting activities and requirements including traf- fic queuing, buffer zones, scale facility operations, etc. • Heavy-duty, skid -resistant floors are a necessi- ty in transfer stations. Sloped floors with posi- tive drainage are also important. Some Transfer station structures require tall access doors to accomodate collection buildings are not designed with floors that vehicles. meet these essential criteria, and replacing the floors can be costly. Planning and Siting a Transfer Station 13 Page 33 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements Community Involvement in Privately Developed Facilities (n the past, privately developed facilities have not generally formed siting committees. When private facilities have been sited, the public's first—and sometimes only—opportunity for input has come when the permit application is put out for pub- lic comment. Most states do not require private developers to seek public involvement in the site selection or facility design and operation decisions. Private companies, however, should consider establishing siting committees and developing public outreach programs to establish credibility, build public trust, and 14 AGENDA ITEM #2.c. develop sound avenues of communication. These programs should educate the community about the need for the facility, the facility's design and operations, and provide an opportunity for community input. A public outreach program helps the developer understand community concerns and address them early in the siting and design phases while changes are still readi- ly incorporated. Adopting, with appropriate modifications, the public involvement process outlined above is one approach to addressing community concerns. potential for certain individuals or interest groups to dominate the process, and to encourage active participation by all stake- holders throughout the process. During the siting committee's first meeting, individual duties, group responsibilities, and process issues need to be addressed. Expectations and limitations of the committee need to be clearly communicated and might be summarized in mission statements. Rules for discourse, and a schedule and procedures for final decision-making, should be deter- mined and agreed upon. Technical experts should be involved early in the process to respond to general questions and to resolve common misconceptions about waste transfer. After establishing general procedures, com- mittee members should be informed of all details to further ensure equal participation and a means of influencing the decision-mak- ing process. Committee members should understand why a transfer station is needed and the facility's role within the solid waste management system. In addition, committee members must be taught the numerous tech - nical, environmental, and economic aspects associated with siting, designing, and operat- ing a transfer station. This ensures that the sit- ing criteria the committee develops will result in identifying potential sites feasible from engineering and operational perspectives, as well as acceptable to the public. Educational materials for the siting com- mittee should provide useful, objective infor- mation. Mistrust of technical information might develop among the committee mem- bers and should be anticipated. The credibility Planning and Siting a Transfer Station of the technical information might be enhanced by encouraging the committee to assist in selecting consultants and technical experts, by encouraging committee members to perform their own research, by using a third party to review technical studies, and by relying on experts who reside within the com- munity to provide technical information. Information should be relayed in various for- mats and should consider language barriers, literacy levels, and preferred types of commu- nications. For example, committee education might include presentations by technical experts and tours of existing transfer stations in addition to written materials. Siting Criteria Once the committee completes the education phase, criteria should be developed for identifying and evaluating potential sites. All siting criteria must be developed before iden- tifying potential transfer station sites. This approach ensures siting decisions are based on objective criteria. Three categories or sets of criteria applied during various stages of the siting process are exclusionary, technical, and community -specific criteria. It is important to note that no site may meet all the criteria, in which case, each criterion's relative weight and importance must be considered. Exclusionary Siting Criteria Siting a waste transfer station, or any type of facility, in areas with preclusive siting criteria is often prohibited by federal, state, or local laws or regulations, or requires facilities to incorpo- rate special engineering design and construc- tion techniques. Even when siting in excluded Page 34 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements zones is allowed, the added engineering designs or strong public opposition can signifi- cantly increase construction costs. In general, it is best to avoid siting in these areas. Exclusion- ary criteria might include areas such as: • Wetlands and floodplains. • Endangered and protected flora and fauna habitats. • Protected sites of historical, archeological, or cultural significance. • Prime agricultural land. • Parks and preserves. Some examples of federal laws defining these areas include the Endangered Species Act; the Migratory Bird Conservation Act; the Coastal Zone Management Act; the Wild and Scenic Rivers Act; the Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act; and the National Historic Preservation Act. Technical Siting Criteria The second category of criteria to develop includes technical parameters that help define the best potential facility sites. These criteria provide guidance on specific engineering, operation, and transportation conditions that should be considered to ensure that potential sites are feasible from technical, environmen- tal, and economic perspectives. These criteria address the following issues: • Central location to collection routes: To maximize waste collection efficiency, trans- fer stations should be located centrally to waste collection routes. As a rule of thumb in urban and suburban areas, transfer stations should be no more than 10 miles away from the end of all collection routes. Beyond that distance, collection routes might need to be altered to enable refuse to be collected and deposited at the transfer station within one operating shift. • Access to major transportation routes: The transfer station should have direct and con- venient access to truck routes, major arteri- als, and highways (or rail or barge access, if appropriate). For large metropolitan AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Addressing Cluster Zoning Ssting waste transfer stations exclusively in areas zoned for industrial use can lead to a condition known as "cluster zoning." Especially restrictive zoning frequently forces transfer stations into a few areas. In general, siting transfer stations in industrial zones eliminates permitting agencies' discretion to deny such use because technically, the transfer station is permitted "as a matter of right." These types of zoning actions also prevent an impacted community from influencing the zoning decision. Such intensive clustering of industrial facilities may have negative impacts on neighboring residents, such as increased traffic, noise, odors, and litter. Communities need to address clustering and zoning issues at the local level through comprehen- sive planning that considers the aggregate effects of clustering certain activ- ities and the equity in sharing community burdens. To avoid clustering when siting a new waste transfer station, establish a community stakeholder or advisory panel to participate in the siting process. This advisory panel should consist of representatives from all potentially affected communities; state, local, and/or tribal regulatory agencies; public and private waste trade groups; local community development organizations; and any other con- cerned community, environmental, or environmental justice organizations. To prevent disproportionate facility siting: • Zoning must not be presumed to prevent significant impacts on poor and minority communities. • The potential for clustering should be examined. • Other close or adjacent land uses should be examined to determine compatibility. • Other close or adjacent land uses should be examined to analyze cumulative impacts. areas, direct access to rail lines or barges will significantly reduce the number of large transfer trailers leaving the station and traveling area roads. It is prefer- able to avoid rout- ing traffic through residential areas because traffic generated by transfer stations contributes to con- gestion; increased risk to pedestrians; increased air emis- sions, noise, and Requiring Minimum Distance Between Transfer Stations Communities with a waste transfer station clustering problem might consider requiring a minimum distance between facilities as one possible solution. Designating a minimum dis- tance between waste transfer stations, or other industrial facilities, will limit clustering by forcing the siting of new facilities away from existing operations. The end effect can be a more equi- table dispersion of facilities and their negative impacts. A community will need to determine what minimum distance is reasonable. Planning and Siting a Transfer Station 15 Page 35 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements J_ ■ se ■■*rr wear on roads; and might contribute to lit- ter problems. Site size requirements: The area required for specific transfer stations varies signifi- cantly, depending on the volume of waste to be transferred, rates at which waste will be delivered, the functions to be carried out at the site, and the types of customers the facility is intended to serve. Locating a site of sufficient size is critical to operating effi- ciencies and minimizing impacts on the surrounding community. Engineering input can establish preliminary size criteria based on a conceptual design. Sufficient space for onsite roadways, queuing, and parking: Transfer stations typically have onsite roadways to move vehicles around various parts of the trans- fer site. Waste collection trucks can be up to 40 feet long. Transfer trailers that move waste to a disposal facility are typically 50 to 70 feet long. These vehicles need wide roadways with gradual slopes and curves to maneuver efficiently and safely. Also, the site will need space for parking transfer vehicles and to allow incoming and outgo- ing traffic to form lines without backing up onto public roads. • Truck and traffic compatibility: Transfer stations often receive surges of traffic when collection vehicles have finished their 1 1 I I - 4 • I I N 1 1 It0AA. s- Many transfer stations are multi-level facilities that allow vehicle access at several levels. 16 Planning and Siting a Transfer Station AGENDA ITEM #2.c. routes. Transfer station traffic varies locally, but tends to peak twice a day. The first peak is often near the middle of the day or shift, and the second at the end of the day or shift. Therefore, the best sites for transfer stations are located away from areas that have midday traffic peaks and/or school bus and pedestrian traffic. Ability for expansion: When selecting a site, consider the potential for subsequent increase in the daily tonnage of waste the facility will be required to manage, or added processing capabilities for recycling and diversion. It is frequently less expen- sive to expand an existing transfer station than to develop a new site due to the ability to use existing operations staff, utility con- nections, traffic control systems, office space, and buildings. Space for recycling, composting, and pub- lic education: A transfer station could be sited in areas also conducive to recycling or composting activities. Many transfer sta- tions are designed to enable residents and businesses to drop off recyclables and yard waste in addition to trash. Some transfer stations incorporate education centers or interpretive trails focusing on waste pre- vention. These types of facilities offer increased utility to the community. Buffer space: To mitigate impact on the surrounding community, a transfer station should be located in an area that provides separation from sensitive adjoining land uses such as residences. Buffers can be nat- ural or constructed and can take many forms, including open spaces, fences, sound walls, trees, berms, and landscaping. Gently sloping topography: Transfer sta- tions often are multilevel buildings that need to have vehicle access at several lev- els. Completely flat sites need ramps or bridges constructed to allow vehicle access to upper levels (or areas excavated to allow access to lower levels). Sites with moderate- ly sloping terrain can use topography to their advantage, allowing access to the upper levels from the higher parts of the natural terrain and access to lower levels Page 36 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements from the lower parts. Sites with steep slopes might require extra costs associated with earthmoving and retaining walls. Access to utilities: Transfer stations gener- ally require electricity to operate equip- ment, such as balers and compactors; lighting; water for facility cleaning, rest - rooms, and drinking; and sanitary sewer systems for waste -water disposal. Some smaller transfer stations use wells for water supply, and some, especially in more rural settings, use septic systems or truck their waste water for offsite treatment. Zoning Designations and Requirements: Zoning ordinances frequently classify trans- fer stations as industrial uses, which limits their siting to areas zoned for industry usu- ally in conjunction with a special use per- mit. Exclusive use of predetermined land use criteria, how- ever, might result in locating transfer stations in areas already overbur- dened with indus- tries or clustering of these types of facilities in areas adjacent to poor and minority com- munities. If local zoning ordinances are so restrictive that they disallow facility siting out- side pre -estab- lished industrial zones, substantial engineering and architectural design must be incorporated into the facility to mini- mize impacts on the surrounding community. Developing Community -Specific Criteria The third category of criteria to consider are impacts that the facility will have on the sur- rounding community. These criteria are typi- cally less technical in nature and incorporate local, social, and cultural factors. Examples of these criteria include: • Environmental Justice considerations (e.g., clustering, cumulative impacts). • Impact on air quality. • Impact on the local infrastructure. • Adjacent land uses, including other envi- ronmental stressors that might already exist. • Proximity to schools, churches, recreation sites, and residences. Using GIS to Narrow the Search Ageographic information system (GIS) is a com- puter system capable of assembling, storing, manipulating, and displaying geographically refer- enced information (data identified according to location). After the data are entered, each positive Wetland Resource Map Tampa Bay Florida if Marine and Estuarine Deepwater Habitats Deepwater Lakes and Rivers Estuarine Marshes and Aquatic Beds Tidal Flats Estuarine Forested Wetlands Palustrine Forested Wetlands i Inland Marshes and Aquatic Beds Palustrine Scrub/Shrub 0 ' Open Water — Major Roads 7% AGENDA ITEM #2.c. attribute or exclusionary criteria for siting transfer stations can be layered on top of municipal maps, as well as each other, to narrow down potential site locations. The maps show these variables in relationship to infrastructure and housing patterns. Planning and Siting a Transfer Station 17 Page 37 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements • Prevailing winds. • Number of residences impacted. • Presence of natural buffers. • Impacts on existing businesses. • Expansion capability. • Buffer zones and screening measures. • Traffic compatibility. • Impact on historic or cultural features. • Impact on neighborhood character. To maintain objectivity in the facility siting process, the community -specific criteria should be prioritized before potential sites are known. After potential sites are identified, the committee will apply these criteria to evaluate each potential site's suitability as a waste transfer station. These issues also factor into permitting decisions concerning private facili- ties and should not be ignored by the permit- ting agency or transfer station developer. Applying the Committee's Criteria After all three categories of siting criteria are agreed upon, it is time for the committee to apply the criteria and narrow down all possi- ble sites. Keep in mind, however, that despite the best efforts, every site has some shortcom- ings that will need to be addressed. First, the exclusionary criteria can be plot- ted on maps, which helps the committee visu- alize where the facility cannot be sited due to local, state, and federal regulations. Once unsuitable areas are eliminated, the commit- tee's technical criteria and community -specific criteria are applied to all remaining options. Information for each potential site should be developed so the committee can rank the sites. Based on the committee's ranking, the top two to four sites should undergo more rigorous analysis to determine technical feasibility and compliance with the environmental and com- munity objectives. 18 Planning and Siting a Transfer Station AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Host Community Agreements Siting any type of solid waste management facility has often been met with strong commu- nity opposition. Whether the facility is publicly or privately owned, many residents may not be confident that the siting, permitting, and over- sight process will be sufficiently rigorous to address their concerns and protect them from future impacts. When this type of opposition arises, it is often advantageous for the develop- er to enter into a separate agreement with the surrounding community, laying out all issues of concern and the developer's action plan in response. These "host community agreements" are most frequently used when private compa- nies are developing a facility, but public agen- cies might also find them useful in satisfying community concerns. These agreements typi- cally specify design requirements, operating restrictions, oversight provisions, and other services and benefits that the immediate com- munity will receive. Provisions might include the following: • Steps to reduce negative environmental impacts in the immediate area, such as committing to the use of low emission or alternative fueled vehicles, or retrofitting vehicles with particulate filters. • Limitations on waste generation sources. • Roadside cleanup of litter on access routes. • Restrictions on facility operating hours. • Restrictions on vehicle traffic routes. • Financial support for regulatory agencies to assist with facility oversight. • Independent third -party inspection of facilities, or the use of video monitoring. • Assistance with recycling and waste diver- sion objectives. • A fee paid to the local government for every ton of waste received at the facility. • Free or reduced -cost use of the facility for the community's residents and businesses. • Guaranteed preference to the community's residents for employment. Page 38 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements • Funding for road or utility improvements. • Provisions for an environmental education center. • Financial support for other community based activities. These agreements can also require that commu- nity representatives have access to the facility during operating hours to monitor perform- ance. Safety concerns must be addressed if this provision is included. Community representa- tives usually welcome an ongoing communica- tion process between facility operators and an established citizen's committee to encourage proactive response to evolving issues. The pro- visions or amenities in a host community agreement generally are in addition to what state and local standards or regulations require, and thus should not be thought of as substi- tutes for adequate facility design and opera- tion. The same is true for state, tribal or local government compliance enforcement. The gov- ernment agency responsible for transfer station compliance also should make a commitment to the community concerning its role in actively and effectively enforcing all requirements. AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Planning and Siting a Transfer Station 19 Page 39 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. his section discusses the many fac- tors that affect a transfer station design. The general design issues discussed in this section can typi- cally be applied at a variety of facil- ity sites and over a wide range of facility sizes. Specific design decisions and their costs, how- ever, can only be finalized once a specific site is selected. After determining who will use the facility and how, a site design plan can be developed. A facility's design must accommo- date its customers' vehicles and the technolo- gy used to consolidate and transfer waste, provide for employee and public safety, and address environmental concerns related to safeguarding health and being a good neigh- bor to the surrounding community. Transfer Station Design How Will the Transfer Station Be Used? The most important factors to consider when designing a transfer station are: • Will the transfer station receive waste from the general public or limit access to collec- tion vehicles? If access will not be limited, how will citizen traffic be separated from commercial traffic to ensure safe and effi- cient unloading? • What types of waste will the transfer sta- tion accept? • What additional functions will be carried out at the transfer station (i.e., material recovery programs, vehicle maintenance)? • What type of transfer technology will be used? • How will waste be shipped? Truck, rail, or barge? • What volume of material will the transfer station manage? • How much waste will the facility be designed to receive during peak flows? • How will climate and weather affect facility operations? Two other factors to consider when develop- ing a transfer station's design include: • How will environmental impacts to the sur- rounding area be minimized? (Ways to min- imize environmental impacts on the community are discussed in the Environmental Issues section beginning on page 33.) • How will employee health and safety be ensured? (The Safety Issues section begin- ning on page 40 discusses several design features, technologies, and operational practices to help protect the health and safety protection of facility employees.) Site Design Plan Once a site is identified for the transfer sta- tion, planners, architects, and engineers use the factors described above to develop a site plan for the proposed facility? A site plan shows the layout of the transfer station site's major features, including access points, road- ways, buildings, parking lots, utilities, surface - water drainage features, fences, adjacent land uses, and landscaping. Figure 2 shows a simplified example of a site design plan of a fully enclosed transfer sta- tion. This facility has a design capacity of 500 tons per day and occupies a 25 -acre site. It serves both the general public and waste col- lection vehicles and has a citizen drop-off area for recyclables. Site design plans typically show the following features: 2 Sometimes a "conceptual site plan" is developed before a site is identified. This can be helpful in identifying and assessing the size and suitability of candidate sites. Transfer Station Design and Operation 21 Page 40 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements Figure 2 Transfer Station Site Plan (500 TPD) NGGESS ROPD G� SCJ 2y4� <p TRANSFER TRAILER PARKING AREA RAI ER ROND {{, i...� TRANSFER OU IAREA AI LOYEE, (FULLY ENCLOSED)SED) DESIGNATED UILDING FIX2 I FUTURE EXPAN SIGN ENPL Y E Po NO J RECYCLING AREA RESMOG. L.++ SCALE -MOUND SCALE 0 Road entrances and exits. Including accel- eration/deceleration lanes on public streets, and access points for waste arriving and departing from the transfer station. Some facilities have separate access for visitors and employees so these vehicles do not have to compete with lines of vehicles using the facility. • Traffic flow routes on site. Often, separate routes are established for public use and for heavy truck use. Designers work to elimi- nate sharp turns, intersections, and steep ramps. • Queuing areas. Queues can develop at the inbound scales, the tipping area, and the outbound scales. Queuing space should be clearly identified, and queues should not extend across intersections. • The scale house. Incoming and outgoing loads are weighed and fees are collected. 22 Transfer Station Design and Operation AGENDA ITEM #2.c. • Primary functions at the transfer station building. Including tipping floor, tunnels, ramps, etc. • Buildings. Including entrances and exits for vehicles and people. • Parking areas. Employees, visitors, and transfer vehicles. • Public conveniences. Such as separate tip- ping areas for the general public, recycling dropoff areas, a public education center, and restrooms. • Space for future expansion of the main transfer building. Often, this area is shown as a dotted line adjacent to the initial build- ing location. • Buffer areas. Open space, landscaping, trees, berms, and walls that reduce impacts on the community. • Holding area. For inspecting incoming loads and holding inappropriate waste loads or materials for removal. Main Transfer Area Design Most activity at a transfer station occurs within the main transfer building. Here, cars and trucks unload their waste onto the floor, into a pit, or directly into a waiting transfer container or vehicle. Direct loading can simplify opera- tions, but limits the opportunity to perform waste screening or sorting. When not loaded directly, waste deposited onto the floor or into a pit is stored temporarily, then loaded into a transfer trailer, intermodal container, railcar, or barge. Most modern transfer stations have enclosed buildings. Some older and smaller facilities are partly enclosed (e.g., a building with three sides) or only covered (e.g., a build- ing with a roof but no sides). Small rural facili- ties might be entirely open but surrounded by fences that limit access and contain litter. Figure 3 shows the main transfer building for the site plan depicted in Figure 2. It shows a 40,000 -square -foot building with a pit, sepa- rate tipping areas for public versus large trucks on either side of the pit, and a preload compactor to compact the waste before it is loaded into transfer trailers. Page 41 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements Because the main transfer building is typi- cally quite tall to accommodate several levels of traffic, it can often be seen easily from off- site locations. Therefore, the main transfer building should be designed to blend into or enhance the surrounding neighborhood. Types of Vehicles That Use a Transfer Station Traffic is frequently a transfer station's most significant community impact. Because the pri- mary purpose of transfer stations is to provide more efficient movement of wastes, it is impor- tant to consider the following types of cus- tomers and vehicles that commonly use them. • Residents hauling their own wastes in cars and pickup trucks. Residents regularly served by a waste collection service typically visit the transfer station less frequently than residents in unincorporated and rural areas not served by waste collection companies (or who elect not to subscribe to an available service). Residents typically deliver only a few pounds to a ton of waste per visit. • Businesses and industry hauling their own wastes in trucks. Many small busi- nesses such as remodeling contractors, roofers, and landscapers haul their own wastes to transfer stations. The vehicle type used and the waste amount delivered by businesses varies considerably. • Public or private waste hauling operations with packer trucks. Packer trucks, which compact waste during the collection process, are commonly used on collection routes serving homes and businesses. Packer trucks typically visit many waste generators along their routes and unload when full, generally once or twice per day. Convenient access to a transfer station helps keep packer trucks on their collection routes. Packer trucks typically deliver 5 to 10 tons of waste per visit. • Public or private waste hauling operations with rolloff trucks. Large rolloff containers are typically placed at businesses and industry and collected when they are full. A rolloff box is a large metal bin, often open at the top, that can be loaded onto a truck AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Figure 3 Main Transfer Building Floor Plan ENERCENCY BYPASS TOP -LOAD CHUTE (TRANSFER TRAILER LOWER LEVEL) PRE -LOAD COWPACTOR TRANSFff (LOWER LEVEL) TO ILER = 1 _ _ _ _� _ _ _ _ _ UNLOADING STALL r WASTE PIT COIAN ERCIAL (E FEET BELOW RESIDENTIAL 0 TIPPING FLOOR TIPPING FL.00i5) TIPPING FLOOR OR BUILDING 0 I I I � I and hauled away to dispose of the waste. Rolloff boxes also are commonly used at transfer stations to receive yard waste, recy- clables, and solid waste from the general public. A typical, large rolloff box measures 8 feet tall, 7 feet wide, and 22 feet long. Unlike packer trucks that operate on an extended route before traveling to the transfer station, rolloff trucks typically trav- el to one place, pick up a roll -off container, travel to and unload at the transfer station, and return the empty rolloff container to the place of origin. Because rolloff trucks handle many loads per day, convenient access to a transfer station is very important to their operations. Rolloff trucks typically deliver 2 to 8 tons per visit. Transfer vehicles hauling waste from the transfer station. Transfer trailers (similar to large interstate tractor -trailers) commonly haul consolidated waste from transfer sta- tions to disposal facilities. Trains or barges are also used to haul waste from some large urban transfer stations (see text box). Transfer trailers typically haul 15 to 25 tons per trip, while trains and barges typically haul thousands of tons. Some stations Transfer Station Design and Operation 23 Page 42 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements Rural Transfer Station Design Since small transfer stations in rural or tribal settings receive considerably lower volumes of waste and customer vehicles than large urban or suburban facilities, many of the design crite- ria outlined previously will simply not apply. Cost frequently is a major consideration for small rural transfer stations, limiting what can be done. Consequently, rural transfer stations are often uncovered or partially covered facilities. Partially covered sites might be enclosed on three sides with the vehicle entrance side open, or simply have a roof with no walls. A common design uses a single open -top trailer situated beneath a raised customer tipping area. The raised customer tipping area allows customers to back up to the trailer or drop boxes and directly unload their waste into the rolloff trailer. A hopper is not usually used. When constructing a raised tipping area, taking advantage of natural grades within the site can reduce construction costs. If favorable grades do not exist, a simple earthen retaining wall and access ramp can be constructed to create the multilevel layout desired. Some type of safety restraint should be incorporated on the tip- ping area to guard against falls. Using a removable constraint, such as a rope, chain, gate, or posts, allows tipping vehicles to unload waste unimpeded and facilitates site cleaning. Driving surfaces ideally are paved to minimize dust generation, but all-weather gravel surfacing is a cost-effective alternative to asphalt pavement. Another alternative is hosing down dirt areas dur- ing operating hours. The use of drop boxes requires a concrete or asphalt pad. Ideally, the facility is surrounded by a fence and gated. The gate should M be locked during nonoperating hours to keep out large vectors, tres- passers, and illegal dumpers. Fences also are helpful in containing wind- blown litter. It is Partially covered rural facility. AGENDA ITEM #2.c. not uncommon for remote sites to lack water, sewer, or electrical service. Another design approach utilizes a completely contained modular system, such as the system pictured below. These types of systems are prefabricated and can be quickly assem- bled in the field. The waste collection bins are completely sealed and are animal- and people -proof. Waste is deposited into the sealed bin by one of two methods. A small sliding door on the front panel can be opened by hand allowing small waste loads to be deposited, while the entire front panel can be raised to allow collection vehicles to unload. Raising the front panel can- not be done by hand and requires a power source. For isolated sites lacking electrical power, vehicle drivers can use a power takeoff or a hydraulic connection from their collection vehicles to lift the front panel. To unload the system, the transfer vehicle pulls along side the container which is tipped up, dumping the waste into the waiting vehicle (see the photograph below). Again, if power is not available on site to tip the container, hydraulic power from the transfer vehicle itself can be used. This feature makes such arrangements ideal for unmanned or remote transfer stations. If desired, or required by state, tribal, or local regulations, leachate collection tanks also can be installed onsite. An example of a modular, self-contained waste transfer sys- tem. Source: Haul-AII Equipment Systems. 1999. Reprinted by permission of Haul -All Equipment Systems. transfer materials by using intermodal sys- tems, which combine short distance truck transport with longer distance rail or barge transport. The following design issues should be consid- ered for the various vehicle types: • Packer trucks and rolloff trucks require a tall "clear height" inside buildings so they do not hit overhead lights, beams, or door - 24 Transfer Station Design and Operation ways when extended. When these vehicles unload, they typically require 25 to 30 feet of vertical clearance. Large transfer stations can more readily accommodate this require- ment. Small and medium-sized transfer sta- tions can provide this clearance, but doing so tends to make these buildings unusually tall for their size, particularly if they are multilevel facilities. Page 43 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements • Packer trucks and rolloff trucks need space on the tipping floor to pull forward as the load is deposited if they are unloading on a flat floor (rather than into a pit). • Packer and rolloff trucks require large areas to turn, back up, and maneuver into the unloading area. Residential loads, particularly those pulling trailers, require additional time and space to back up into the unloading area. In the interest of safety and site efficiency, many transfer stations have a separate access road and receiving area for residential deliveries so that they do not tie up unloading space reserved for trucks. Residents typically unload materials by hand, which takes additional time. • Curves and intersections along roads on or near the transfer station site need large turning radii so the rear wheels of trucks do not run over curbs or off the road when making moderate or sharp turns. • Slopes on ramps should be limited to less than 8 percent, particularly for fully loaded transfer trailers. • In colder climates, measures and equip- ment for seasonal or severe weather should be incorporated. Road sanders and snow- plows for ice and snow removal are some examples. Rail and Barge Transport AGENDA ITEM #2.c. A collection vehicle dumps its load onto the tipping floor. Transfer Technology The method used to handle waste at the trans- fer station from the time it is unloaded by col- lection vehicles until it leaves the site is central to any transfer station's design. In the simplest cases, waste from collection vehicles is unloaded directly into the transfer container or vehicle. As this eliminates opportunities to inspect or sort the material, other floor tipping methods are more common. This section describes the basic methods of handling waste at transfer stations, explains which methods are most appropriate for small and large transfer stations, and addresses the Rail Transport is suitable for high-volume transfer stations, par- ticularly those that need to haul waste long distances. Using railcars for transport offers some advantages over long hauling via truck. Railcars have a very large capacity and offer an economi- cal mode of long-haul transport. Rail transport also eliminates highway out -haul traffic and allows out -haul vehicles to avoid highway traffic delays. Similar to trucks, rail transport uses a range of waste transfer containers and loading methods. Rail operations typically use direct top loading of noncompacted waste, loading of precompacted waste into intermodal containers, or placement of bales in conventional boxcars. When intermodal containers have to travel public highways between the rail terminals and either the transfer station or the disposal site, the container load must stay within the highway weight limit. In some cases this may mean using several smaller containers per railcar rather than just one or two large containers. A single train can take more than two hundred truck trips off the highway and in many situations can move the waste at a lower cost per ton mile, with greater fuel efficiency and lower overall air emissions. Rail transport is dependent upon the availability of adequate numbers of rail cars and containers and the ability of the railroad system to pickup and move the waste in a timely manner. Long delays before departure or along the route can result in odor problems. Barges carrying sealed intermodal containers are even more efficient than train transport. A single barge can replace 350 truck trips. Barge transport is best suited for very large waste transfer operations because of the high capital cost of loading and unloading terminals and transport containers and marine vessels. Siting of marine terminals may also be more difficult than siting a conventional waste transfer station. Transfer Station Design and Operation 25 Page 44 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Page 45 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements Figure 4 Basic Transfer Station Technologies Waste can be unloaded directly into the "open top" of the trailer, but is most often unloaded on the tipping floor to allow for materials recovery and waste inspection before being pushed into the trailer. Large trailers, usually 100 cubic yards or more, are necessary to eta good payload because the waste is not A. OPEN TOP TRANSFER TRAILERS Y Y g g p Y DIRECT DUMP PUSH Loco compacted. This is a simple technology that does not rely on sophisticated equipment (e.g., compactor or baler). Its flexibility makes it the preferred option T,PPINGFLOOR 1711 for low-volume operations. TRANSFER TFWLER B. SURGE PIT The surge pit is not a loading technology, but an intermediate step normally used SURGEPIT with open -top or precompactor systems. The pit can store peak waste flow, thus TIPPING FLOOR rOPENTOPTRAILER reducing the number of transfer trailers needed. A tracked loader or bulldozer is OR PRE -COMPACTOR used to compact the waste before loading, increasing payload. Because waste is often unloaded directly into the surge pit, this technology might deter materials recovery and waste screening efforts. Stationary compactors use a hydraulic ram to compact waste into the transfer C, COMPACTOR SYSTEM trailer. Because the trailer must be designed to resist the compactive force, it is HYDRAULIC RAM usually made of reinforced steel. The heavy trailer and the weight of the onboard TIPPINGFLOOR unloading ram reduce the payload available for waste. This technology is declining in popularity. TRANSFERTMLER Precompactor systems use a hydraulic ram inside a cylinder to create a dense D. PRECOMPACTOR SYSTEM PREDOMPAcrED "log" of waste. The log is pushed into a trailer that uses "walking floor" technolo- "�TE''Z gy to unload or relies on a tipper at the landfill to unload by gravity. Most precom- TIPPING FLOOR pactor installations have two units in case one unit requires repair. The capital cost PRECOMPACTOR is relatively high at more than $250,000 per unit, but the superior payload can offset these initial costs. Balers are units that compress waste into dense, self-contained bales. Wire straps E. may be used to hold the bales intact. They are usually moved by forklifts and BALER transported by flatbed trailers. The baler units can also be used for recyclables such as paper and metal. Payloads are very high, but so are capital costs. Most bal- TIPPING FLOOR ing stations have at least two units in case one is down, and they cost more than 'Zs $500,000 apiece. This high-technology option is normally used only in high-volume F.QIP TRAILER operations, and special equipment or accommodations might be required at the landfill (or balefill). In this alternative, waste is tipped at a transfer station, then loaded into intermodal F. containers. These containers typically have moisture- and odor -control features INTERMODAL CONTAINER SYSTEM and are designed to fit on both flatbed trailers and railroad flatcars. The contain- ers may be loaded directly onto railcars or transferred by truck to a train terminal. TIPPING FLOOR The sealed containers can be stored on site for more than 24 hours until enough INTERMODAL CONTMNER F TSEG RMLROAO containers are filled to permit economic transport to the landfill. At the landfill, TRAILER FLATCAR these containers are usually unloaded by tippers. This option allows for reduction of total truck traffic on local roads and can make distant disposal sites economi- cally viable. Source: DuPage County. 1998. Solid Waste Transfer in Illinois. A Citizen's Handbook on Planning, Siting and Technology. Reprinted by permission of DuPage County. 26 Transfer Station Design and Operation Page 45 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements advantages and disadvantages of each method. Figure 4 shows simple diagrams of the various transfer methods described in this manual. Options for unloading waste from collec- tion or residential vehicles at the transfer station include: • Directly unloading material into the top of a container or transfer trailer parked below the unloading vehicle, or onto a tipping floor at the same level as the unloading vehicle (Figure 4-A). • Unloading into a surge pit located below the level of the unloading vehicle (Figure 4-B). Waste can be moved and piled for short-term storage on the tipping floor or in a pit. Short- term storage allows waste to be received at the transfer station at a higher rate than it leaves the facility, increasing a transfer stations abili- ty to handle peak waste delivery periods. Options for reloading waste into a transfer container or vehicle include: • Reloading directly from a tipping floor or pit into top -load containers or transfer trailers parked below the tipping floor or pit (Figures 4-A and 4-B). • Reloading into a compactor that packs the waste into the end of a container or transfer trailer (Figure 4-C). • Reloading into a preload compactor that compacts a truckload of material and then ejects the compacted "log' into the end of a container or transfer trailer (Figure 4-D). • Reloading into a baler, which makes bales that can then be forklifted onto a flatbed truck (Figure 4-E). Options for unloading waste at the disposal facility from transfer containers or vehicles include push -out blades, walking floors, and trailer tippers. With push -out blades and walking floors, the trailers unload themselves. A trailer tipper lifts one end of the trailer (or rotates the entire trailer) so that the load falls out due to gravity. Baled waste can be manip- ulated at the landfill using forklifts. Table 1 summa- rizes the advantages and disadvantages of the various transfer technologies. Some transfer stations use a combination of tech- nologies to mitigate some of the disadvan- tages of a particular design. For example, large transfer stations might have a top - loading system as a backup in case the pre- load compactor breaks down or in case of an electric power outage. It also illustrates that many interrelated factors need to be consid- ered when deciding on the appropriate tech- nology for a transfer station. The major factors include design capacity, distance to the dis- posal site, cost, reliability, safety, and method of unloading at the disposal site. AGENDA ITEM #2.c. A trailer tipper emptying a transfer trailer at a waste disposal facility. Transfer Station Operations This section describes transfer station opera- tions issues and suggests operational practices intended to minimize the facility's impact on its host community. Issues covered include: • Operations and maintenance plans. • Facility operating hours. • Interacting with the public. • Waste screening. • Emergency situations. • Recordkeeping. Operations and Maintenance Plans Although a transfer station's basic function as a waste consolidation and transfer facility is straightforward, operating a successful station involves properly executing many different tasks. Some tasks are routine and easily understood, while others occur infrequently and might be difficult to conduct properly without step-by-step directions. To help ensure proper operations, transfer stations should have written operations and mainte- nance plans. These plans are often required by Transfer Station Design and Operation 27 Page 46 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements A U) n U) 0 �T V 0 v D 0 W Cn CID U) v o� U) D n :(7 m n n cc �1J (D c (D 3 m D Cn Table 1 Advantages and Disadvantages of Different Transfer Technologies Waste Storage Alternatives Technology Advantages Disadvantages Application N Direct dump into Simple arrangement; little potential for Transfer station cannot accept waste unless Most suitable for small transfer transfer vehicle or equipment breakdown. a trailer is positioned to receive waste. (Short- stations in rural and tribal settings y storage container age of empty trailers shuts down facility.) with a relatively short haul distance Low capital cost. to the waste disposal site. No short-term storage (surge capacity) to accom- Potentially less housekeeping: no tipping floor, modate peak inflow periods. Unless many unload- Frequently used in conjunction with pit, or compaction equipment to clean and ing stalls are provided, long customer queuing bins for source -separated recyclables. maintain. can be expected during peak inflow periods. pMuch smaller building footprint possible, but Relatively low payloads in trailers. advantage might be decreased by need for o 0 large yard space for queuing. Fall hazard. Limited ability to screen and remove unacceptable wastes. No opportunity for waste diversion or materials recovery. Generally not suitable for receiving loads from large roll -offs or large packer trucks. Trailers can be damaged by direct dumping of heavy materials. Tipping floor Simple arrangement; little potential for Garbage on tipping floor can be messy and Suitable for small and large transfer waste storage equipment breakdown. slippery (fall hazard). stations; can manage nearly all waste types. Generally less expensive and provides Potential for accidents between customers more operational flexibility than pits. and transfer station mobile equipment (e.g., wheel loader) that moves/stacks Storage provides "disconnect" between waste waste (safety issue). receipts and waste loading. (Shortage of empty trailers does not shut down facility.) Requires roll-out space for trucks to pull forward when discharging their loads. Allows for easy screening and removal of unacceptable wastes. Equipment is needed to reload the waste into the transfer trailer. LM U) n W U) 0 (D v D cQ 0 v Cn U) v O U) D Q ;(7 (D n n cc �a CD c CD 3 (D D Cn v 0 00 0 N Allows for the breaking up of bulky items and Requires additional fire control equipment (e.g., the compacting of waste to increase density fire hoses, water cannon) to control fires in waste for more economical shipping. piles on tipping floor Surge pit Storage provides "disconnect" between waste Expensive to construct. Most suitable for large transfer receipts and waste loading. (Shortage of empty stations with high peak flows. trailers does not shut down facility.) Fall hazard for people and vehicles. Allows for the breaking up of bulky items and Hazards to equipment operator working in pit the compacting of waste to increase density when waste is being unloaded by customers. for more economical shipping. Can be difficult to remove unacceptable waste No roll-out space required for unloading vehicles; found in the pit. waste falls from back of truck into pit. Extra building level (three stories instead of two) Eliminates potential for collision between might increase overall height of building above transfer station equipment and customers. grade, increasing building profile. Equipment is needed to reload the waste into the transfer trailer. Requires additional fire control equipment (e.g., fire hoses, water cannon) to control fires in waste piles in surge pit. Transfer Container and Vehicle Loading Alternatives Technology Advantages Disadvantages Application °= Top -loading trailers Simple, gravity -loaded method. Generally involves imperfect, permeable Suitable for small and large transfer oand containers closure (screen or tarp) on top of trailer. Odors stations. Might be supplemented with compaction by and litter can escape, and precipitation can using equipment that reaches into the top of make the load heavier. the trailer to tamp down and level the load. Trailers can be damaged when dense or sharp Suitable for a wide range of waste types, materials fall into an empty trailer. 0 including construction debris and bulky N materials. Sound of waste falling into trailers can be noisy. LM U) n W U) 0 �T V (D D �Q 0 v Cn U) sy 0 U) D Q :(7 m n `G n cc �a CD c CD 3 (D D Cn v Q0 0 rn N Transfer Container and Vehicle Loading Alternatives (cont.) w Technology Advantages Disadvantages Application 0 Compaction into A trailer or container can be completely A heavy trailer or container decreases Not commonly used for new transfer trailer and closed to prevent rainwater entry and odor effective payload. (Trailer must be structurally stations. container and liquid from escaping. reinforced to withstand the pressure of the N compactor.) o Compaction usually achieves high densities. p Capital cost of trailer fleet is greater. Tail end of trailer or container (near compactor) a tends to become overloaded. Front end of trailer tends to be light. Rear axle loading tends to limit effective payload. o' Hydraulic power equipment for compactor can be noisy. Preload compaction Allows use of lightweight trailer or container High capital costs (but can be offset by Most suitable for high-volume into rear -loading to increase effective payload. reduced transportation costs). transfer stations, particularly those trailer or container that need to haul waste long Trailer or container can be completely closed Relatively complex equipment; when it breaks distances. to prevent rainwater entry and odor and down, can shut down transfer station after liquid from escaping. short-term storage capacity is full. Container alternative ideally suited for intermodal transfer to rail system. Payload can be measured as it is compacted, Redundancy (i.e., two compactor units) with ability to optimize each payload. increases costs. Totally dependent on availability of electrical power. Large motor sizes generally preclude the use of a standby electrical generator to handle power outage. Less suitable for certain types of waste (oversize materials, concrete, wire, cable). Hydraulic power equipment for compactor can be noisy. A heavy electrical power consumption system. M U) n U) 0 (D v D cQ O v Cn v O U) D n ;(7 (D n n e� �l (D c CD 3 (D D Cn v cn 0 0 N Baling Allows for efficient transportation due to High capital cost. Suitable for large transfer stations, density of waste and ability to use light- particularly those that need to haul weight trailers. Relatively complex equipment; when it breaks waste long distances. Required for down, it can shut down transfer station after delivering waste to a balefill. Trailer can be completely closed to prevent short-term storage capacity is full. rainwater entry, and odor and liquid from escaping. Hydraulic power equipment for baler can be noisy. Compatible with balefills, which can landfill a large amount of waste in a small space; might Special equipment needed at landfill. be best in difficult (extreme weather or windy) environments. Baler can also be used to prepare recyclables for transport and sale. Transfer Container and Vehicle Unloading Alternatives Technology Advantages Disadvantages Application Push -out blade Allows for unloading anywhere (not just ata Some trailer capacity (both volume and Most suitable for short -distance, transfer trailer landfill with a trailer tipper). weight) used for the push -out blade, which low-volume hauling. and trailer- tipper fails. to large landfills (small to medium reduces effective waste payload. Ideal for rail -based container intermodal landfills not likely to have a tipper). containers system. Material can become stuck behind push -out waste at landfill. blade. Extremely rapid, large -volume unloading. Fixed unloading point requires reloading and Most suitable for affixed -disposal tippers Blade can bind during extension or retraction. method such as at a solid waste point to final destination. incinerator. Walking floor Allows for unloading anywhere (not just ata More prone to leak liquids from the bottom Suitable for a range of volumes and WK o' transfer trailer landfill with a trailer tipper). of the trailer. distances. m More prone to damage from dense or sharp v objects that fall into an empty trailer. a O Trailer tipper for Allows use of lightweight trailers to High reliability or redundancy required—no Most suitable for long-distance, high - ER trailers maximize payloads. way to unload trailers at the landfill if the volume hauls. Most suitable for hauls o' and trailer- tipper fails. to large landfills (small to medium mounted Ideal for rail -based container intermodal landfills not likely to have a tipper). containers system. Tippers can be unstable if placed over waste at landfill. Open -top railcar Extremely rapid, large -volume unloading. Fixed unloading point requires reloading and Most suitable for affixed -disposal tippers some other form of transport from unloading method such as at a solid waste point to final destination. incinerator. Solid waste baler compacts waste into dense, self-contained bales. state, tribal, or local regulations. They should be written specifically for a particular facility and include the following elements: • Facility operating schedule, including days of the week, hours each day, and holidays. • Staffing plan that lists duties by job title, minimum staffing levels, and typical work schedules. • Description of acceptable and unacceptable wastes, and procedures for diverting restricted waste before and after unloading. • Operating methods for each component of the facility, including waste -screening meth- ods, truck -weighing procedures, tipping floor operations, transfer vehicle loading, onsite and offsite litter cleanup, and waste- water collection system operations. • Description of maintenance procedures for each component, including the building, mobile equipment, utilities, and landscap- ing. • Employee training. • Safety rules and regulations. • Recordkeeping procedures. • Contingency plans in the event of transfer vehicle or equipment failure, or if the dis- posal site is unavailable. 32 Transfer Station Design and Operation AGENDA ITEM #2.c. • Emergency procedures. Facility Operating Hours A transfer station's operating hours must accommodate the collection schedules of vehi- cles delivering waste to the facility. Operating hours need to consider the local setting of the transfer station, including neighboring land uses, as well as the operating hours of the dis- posal facility receiving waste from the transfer station. Operating hours vary considerably depending on individual circumstances. Many large facilities located in urban indus- trial zones operate 24 hours, 7 days per week. Urban, suburban, and rural transfer stations of various sizes commonly open early in the morning (6 a.m. to 7 a.m.) and close in the late afternoon (4 p.m. to 5 p.m.). In many cases, the last trailer must be loaded with sufficient time to reach the disposal site before it closes (typically 4 p.m to 6 p.m.). Transfer stations that serve both the general public and waste hauling companies typically operate 6 or 7 days per week. Facilities that are not open to the public typically operate 5 or 6 days per week because many waste haul- ing companies do not operate on Sundays and have limited operations on Saturdays. Many smaller and rural facilities operate only on cer- tain days of the week and have limited hours. The hours described above represent when the transfer station is open to receive waste from customers. Operations often extend beyond the "open for customers" hours, however, as workers load waste into transfer vehicles, clean the facility, and perform equip- ment maintenance. Depending on the nature of the operation, transfer trucks leaving the site can sometimes operate on a schedule somewhat independent of the rest of the oper- ations. For example, some operations maintain an inventory of empty transfer containers and vehicles and loaded containers and vehicles at the transfer station site. Loaded containers and vehicles can be hauled off site according to the best schedule considering traffic on area roadways, neighborhood impacts of truck traf- fic, and the hours the disposal facility receives Page 51 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. waste from the transfer station. State, tribal, or local regulations might limit the overnight storage of waste in the transfer station or even in transfer trailers. Interacting With the Public Every transfer station has neighbors, whether they are industrial, commercial, residential, or merely vacant land. The term "neighbor" should be broadly interpreted, as some of those impacted might not be immediately adjacent to the transfer station. For example, vehicles traveling to and from a transfer sta- tion could significantly affect a residential neighborhood a mile away if those vehicles travel on residential streets. An important part of successful transfer station operations is engaging in constructive dialogue with the surrounding community. The appropriate level of interaction between transfer station personnel or representatives and their neighbors varies depending on many factors. A transfer station in the middle of a warehouse district with direct access to expressways might find that joining the local business association and routinely picking up offsite litter are adequate community activi- ties. While a transfer station located adjacent to homes and restaurants might find that monthly meetings with neighbors, landscap- ing improvements, commitments to employ local workers, an odor reporting hotline, and daily cleanup of litter are more appropriate. When developing a community outreach plan, transfer station operators should consid- er the following: • Develop a clear explanation of the need for the transfer station and the benefits it will provide to the immediate community and surrounding area. • Develop a clear process for addressing com- munity concerns that is communicated to the neighborhood even before the facility becomes operational. • Designate one person as the official contact for neighborhood questions and concerns. Ideally, this person would regularly work at the transfer station and be available to respond quickly to questions and concerns. The person should also be good at listening carefully to community concerns before responding. Advertising an e-mail address or Web site is another way to provide infor- mation and allow community input. • Organize periodic facility tours. Neighbors unfamiliar with the transfer station's opera- tions are more likely to have misconcep- tions or misunderstand the facility's role. • Establish positive relationships by working with community-based organizations, improvement districts, civic associations, business associations, youth employment bureaus, and other organizations. Interaction with the community should focus on positive issues, not just occasions when a neighbor is upset about odor, litter, or traffic. • Offer support services such as newspaper drives, household hazardous waste (FH -IW) drop-off days, and spring cleaning disposal at the facility. Waste Screening As described in the section on Unacceptable Wastes in the Planning and Siting a Transfer Station chapter, some types of wastes are not appropriate for handling at a transfer station. These unacceptable wastes might be difficult to handle, dangerous, prohibited at the disposal facility where the waste is sent, or subject to a recycling mandate' Transfer station operators should screen for unacceptable materials before, during, and after customers unload, and should tell customers where they can dis- pose of wastes inappropriate for that transfer station. If their wastes are refused at a transfer sta- tion, some customers might illegally dispose of unacceptable materials or might try to hide these materials in a future delivery. When cus- tomers arrive with unacceptable materials, operators could give them a preprinted fact 3 For example, some states, tribes, or cities prohibit the disposal of yard wastes in landfills. Thus, grass clippings would be prohibited in a mixed waste load. Transfer Station Design and Operation 33 Page 52 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements sheet that describes the issue and suggests alternative management methods. In addition, community programs dedicated to reducing the use of products that generate dangerous wastes can decrease unacceptable waste deliv- eries to transfer stations. At the transfer station, screening for unac- ceptable wastes could start at the scale house (where customers first check in upon arrival at the facility). Employee training on identifying and managing suspect materials is the corner- stone in any waste -screening program. Operators could interview customers about types of waste they have and from where the waste was collected. Fact Sheets About Unacceptable Waste Consider developing simple fact sheets to inform customers why certain wastes are not accepted at the transfer station and where they can dispose of the unacceptable wastes. A typical fact sheet could include: • A picture or graphic of unacceptable waste. • A definition of what the unacceptable waste is and a brief description of why it is not accepted at the transfer station. • The dangers, drawbacks, or penalties for improper disposal of unacceptable waste. • Safe consumer alternatives. • Where the waste can be appropriately managed, including driving directions, hours of facility operation, and contact informa- tion. • Telephone numbers and Web sites of appropriate regulatory agencies that can provide more information. A list of common unacceptable items could be posted, and operators could ask if any of the items are present in the load. Visual inspections can also help identify unacceptable wastes. Some facilities pro- vide overhead cam- eras or walkways to facilitate a view of the top of uncovered loads (or loads that can easily be uncov- ered at the scale house). Walking around the truck to examine its contents and checking for smoke or suspicious odors might be appropriate. Sensors for detecting radioac- tive materials can be used at the scale house or at a point along the incoming truck route to the tipping area. Some unacceptable wastes might not become apparent until the unloading process. Operators should observe waste unloading and examine suspected unacceptable wastes. Waste unloaded onto the floor or into a pit is easier to monitor than waste unloaded direct - 34 Transfer Station Design and Operation AGENDA ITEM #2.c. ly into a transfer container or vehicle. Ideally, unacceptable wastes would be noticed before the delivery vehicle has left the site. Regardless of screening efforts, transfer sta- tion operators should expect that some unac- ceptable wastes will be discovered after the responsible party is gone. Transfer stations should set aside an area for safe temporary storage of unacceptable wastes until appropri- ate disposal is feasible, and develop a step-by- step plan to follow. In some cases, the party that deposited the waste can be contacted to retrieve it. In other cases, the transfer station operator must properly manage the waste. Proper material management depends on the type of waste discovered. For example, man- agement of hazardous wastes requires compli- ance with federal regulations issued under authority of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) (40 CFR Parts 260 to 299) or the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) (40 CFR Part 700 to 799), whereas recyclable materials screened from the waste stream can be collected and processed with similar materials. Emergency Situations Most days at a transfer station involve routine operations. Transfer station operators should prepare for emergencies, however, and include emergency procedures in their written operations plans. State regulatory agencies often require submission of a Plan of Operations and a Contingency Plan for review and approval. At minimum, the following emergency events should be anticipated: • Power failure. The plan should address how to record customer information, collect fees, and load transfer trailers during a power outage. Many larger transfer stations have backup power generators so at least some operations can continue during a power failure. • Unavailability of transfer vehicles. The plan should address what to do if poor weather, road closures, or strikes prevent empty transfer vehicles from arriving at the transfer station. The plan should also address when the transfer station should Page 53 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements stop accepting waste deliveries if the waste cannot be hauled out in a timely manner. • Unavailability of scales. The plan should describe recordkeeping and fee assessment in the event that scales are inoperable. At facilities with both inbound and outbound scales, one scale can temporarily serve both purposes. Fire. Fire response and containment proce- dures should address fires found in incom- ing loads, temporary storage at the transfer station, compaction equipment, transfer vehicles, and other locations. Typically, fire procedures focus on protecting human health and calling professional fire depart- ments. Ceiling sprinkler systems by them- selves might not be completely effective in preventing small fires from spreading. Due to the high ceilings common in transfer sta- tions, a fire could spread substantially before it gets hot enough at the ceiling level to activate sprinkler systems. Consequently, facilities should have fire hoses or other fire fighting equipment in the area, in addition to ceiling mounted sprinklers. A water can- non on a washer truck can also be used to contain small fires until the fire department arrives. Spill containment. Spills can occur from waste materials or from vehicles delivering waste. For example, hydraulic compaction system hoses on garbage trucks can break. Spill containment plans should address spill identification, location of spills, deployment of absorbent materials, and cleanup procedures. For large spills, the plan should also address preventing the spill from entering storm drains or sewers. • Discovery of hazardous materials. Hazardous materials plans should include methods to identify and isolate hazardous materials, temporary storage locations and methods, and emergency phone numbers. • Injuries to employees or customers. The plan should include first aid procedures, AGENDA ITEM #2.c. A transfer station scale house. emergency phone numbers, and routes to nearby hospitals. • Robbery. Some scale houses handle cash and include security provisions to deter robbery. Emergency plans should include a list of emergency contacts, including daytime and evening phone numbers for facility manage- ment, facility staff, emergency response teams, frequent customers, and regulatory agencies. Recordkeeping Detailed operating records enable both facility managers and regulatory overseers to ensure that the transfer station is operating efficiently and in accordance with its permit require- ments. Medium and large transfer stations typically record the following information as part of their routine operations: • Incoming loads: date, time, company, driv- er name, truck number (i.e., company fleet number), weight (loaded), weight (empty); origin of load, fee charged. • Outgoing loads (typically transfer trucks): date, time, company, driver name, truck number (i.e., company fleet number), weight (loaded), weight (empty), type of 4 For repeat customers, the empty truck (tare) weight is often kept on file so trucks do not need to weigh out during each visit. Transfer Station Design and Operation 35 Page 54 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements Urban Transfer Station Design and Operations AII transfer stations must address issues such as noise, odors, dust, vectors, traffic, and litter. Urban transfer stations, how- ever, frequently lack the key component that suburban and rural facilities use to mitigate these problems: space. Where a subur- ban or rural facility can simply use large buffer zones between operations and receptor populations, urban sites are frequently unable to do so due to severe site size limitations. Urban transfer stations must employ a combination of planning, design, and operating practices to help minimize impacts upon the surround- ing community. Listed below are several engineering designs, technologies, and operating practices that an urban transfer sta- tion should consider employing to mitigate facility impacts upon the neighboring community. Noise Structural and Site Layout Approaches • Totally enclose all waste -handling operations to contain noise. • Use concrete walls and structures, which absorb sound bet- ter than metal structures. • Install double -glazed windows which contain noise better than single -glazed windows. • Install shielding or barriers, such as trees, berms, or walls, around the facility to block and absorb noise. Size of the shielding, distance to receptors, and shielding materials all determine effectiveness. Walls can be made from concrete, stone, brick, wood, plastic, metal, or earth. Vegetate berms with grasses, shrubs, or trees to further mitigate noise and increase aesthetics. Barriers should be continuous, with no breaks, and long enough to protect the intended receptors. • Wing walls, usually constructed of concrete, on transfer build- ings can also block noise from trucks entering and exiting the building and noise from interior operations. • Insulate transfer building walls with sound -absorbing materials. • Locate administrative buildings between sources of noise and community. • Orient transfer building openings (i.e., doors) away from receptors. Operational Practices • Keep doors closed during operating hours, except when vehicles are entering or exiting. • Use the lowest allowable setting on vehicle backup alarms, or use visual warning devices if state and local regulations allow. • Establish operating hours that avoid early morning or late- night operations. • Set facility noise level limits (e.g., 55 decibels at the site boundary) and adhere to them. Odors • Remove all waste at the end of each operating day. Do not allow any waste to remain on site overnight. • Frequently clean/wash down the tipping floor or surge pit. 36 Transfer Station Design and Operation AGENDA ITEM #2.c. • Install misting systems with deodorants to mask or neutralize odors. Be prepared to make seasonal adjustments as needed to control odors. • Install ventilation systems with air filters or scrubbers. • Plant vegetative barriers, such as trees, to absorb and dis- perse odors. • Use odor vestibules on truck entrances and exits. Odor vestibules are 2 -door systems in which the outer door closes before inner door opens to prevent odors from escaping. • Install plastic curtains on entrances and exits to contain odors when doors are opened to allow vehicles to enter or exit. • Use biofilters — which pass malodorous air through organic matter, such as wood chips, mulch, or soil — to capture odor molecules. Bacteria in biofilters consume and neutralize odor molecules. • Set up a community "odor complaint' phone line, and respond to community complaints. Dust Dust from Vehicles • Pave all roads on site, or lay gravel as a less expensive option. • Clean facility roads frequently with street -sweeping equip- ment. • Wash waste collection vehicles before they leave the transfer station to remove dust -generating dirt and debris. Dust from Waste Handling Operations • Align building openings to minimize exposure to prevailing winds. • Install plastic curtains over building openings. • Keep station doors closed during operating hours, except when trucks are entering or exiting. • Install misting systems over tipping areas to "knock down" dust particles. Misting system operations should be adjusted seasonally or as the dryness of the waste dictates. Vectors (e.g., rats, mice, cockroaches, and other insects) • Hire a professional licensed pest control company with expertise and experience in controlling specific vector popu- lations. • Seal or screen openings that allow rodents and insects to enter the building, such as door and window frames, vents, and masonry cracks. Also check for and repair chewed insu- lation at points where utility structures, such as wires and pipes, enter the transfer building. • Treat insect breading areas and eliminate as many of these breading areas as possible. Implement practices that do not create new breeding areas. • Implement practices that reduce the likeliness of attracting vectors (e.g., remove all waste at the end of the operating (continued next page) Page 55 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements (continued from previous page) day, wash tipping areas daily, pick up litter and other debris daily). • Some municipalities require transfer stations to pay neighbors' extermination/pest control costs if it can be proven that the facility is the source of the problem. Consider this policy even if it is not required by law. Traffic • Create acceleration, deceleration, or turning lanes at site entrances and exits as needed to maintain steady traffic flows around facility. This may require widening roads. • Fund road improvements and upgrades around the facility to reduce congestion and prevent damage from additional truck traffic. • Work with the community to designate inbound and out- bound truck traffic routes and ensure that drivers follow these routes. material (e.g., waste, compostables, recy- clables), destination of load. • Facility operating log: noting any unusual events during the operating day. • Complaint log: noting the date, time, com- plaining party, nature of the complaint, and followup activity to address the complaint. • Accidents or releases: details any accidents or waste releases into the environment. • Testing results: such as tests for suspected unacceptable waste. • Environmental test results: such as surface water discharges, sewer discharges, air emissions, ground -water, or noise tests. • Maintenance records: for mobile and fixed equipment. • Employee health and safety reports. • Employee training and operator certifica- tion documentation. Some transfer station operators, particularly at smaller facilities, find it necessary to record only some of the above items. In order to avoid the cost of installing and operating a scale, some small and medium-size transfer stations substitute estimated load volume (as measured in cubic yards) instead of weighing loads (in tons). When loads cannot be easily AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Do not allow incoming trucks to queue on public streets. If inadequate space is available on site to accommodate waiting trucks, use a remote site as a waiting area for the trucks. Use radios to dispatch trucks from the waiting area to the transfer station. Where possible, schedule incoming traffic so that it does not coincide with local rush hours. Litter • Require all incoming and outgoing loads to be covered. • Ensure that all incoming and outgoing trucks are leak -proof to avoid leachate spills on public streets. • Implement daily litter inspections and pickup at the facility and on surrounding streets. • Install a perimeter fence to prevent windblown litter from leaving the site. viewed (such as with packer trucks), cubic yards are generally based on the vehicle's capacity. Loads in cars and pickup trucks are typically charged a minimal flat fee. Environmental Issues Developing transfer stations that minimize environmental impacts involves careful plan- ning, designing, and operation. This section focuses on neighborhood quality or public nuisance issues and offers "good neighbor practices" to improve the public's perception of the transfer station. Design and operational issues regarding traffic, noise, odors, air emis- sions, water quality, vectors, and litter are dis- cussed below. Proper facility siting, design, and operation can address and mitigate these potential impacts on the surrounding natural environment and the community. Careful attention to these issues begins with the initial planning and siting of a facility and should continue with regular monitoring after operations begin. Transfer station design must account for environmental issues regardless of surrounding land use and zoning. Stations sited in industrial or manufacturing zones are subject to the same environmental concerns and issues as stations located in more populat- ed zones. Minimizing the potentially negative aspects associated with these facilities requires thoughtful design choices. Identifying and Transfer Station Design and Operation 37 Page 56 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements Depositing incoming waste on a tipping floor facilitates waste screening. addressing these important issues can be a sig- nificant part of the overall cost to develop the waste transfer station. Traffic Traffic causes the most significant offsite envi- ronmental impacts associated with larger waste transfer stations. This is particularly true for stations in urban and suburban areas where traffic congestion is often already a sig- nificant problem for the local community. Although transportation routes serving rural stations typically receive less traffic, these routes might still be affected by limitations on gross vehicle weight or individual axle weights for certain roads or bridges. By consolidating shipments to the disposal site, a waste transfer system will have net pos- itive impacts in terms of reducing community- wide truck traffic, air emissions, noise, and highway wear. Some of these negative impacts, however, might be concentrated in the immediate vicinity of the transfer station as a result of increased local traffic generated by a transfer station, even though overall impacts are reduced. Evaluating travel routes and the resulting traffic impacts should receive significant atten- tion during facility siting and design to mini- mize the traffic's offsite environmental impacts. Furthermore, dependable access and smooth traffic flow are essential for good cus- 38 Transfer Station Design and Operation AGENDA ITEM #2.c. tomer service and the operating efficiency of the facility. It is common, particularly in urban and suburban areas, for tribes and other local jurisdictions to require significant offsite improvements to mitigate traffic impacts or to assess traffic impact fees to off- set improvements needed for traffic upgrades. Typically, transfer stations can indirectly control when traffic arrives at the facility by adjusting operating hours. Relatively few transfer stations are able to schedule inbound traffic because collection vehicles need to unload when they are full so collection crews can resume their routes or end their working day. Also, many transfer stations are not oper- ated by the same company delivering waste to the facility, so control over specific timing is difficult. Some transfer stations have the abili- ty to schedule transfer vehicle traffic, however. These stations often schedule trips to avoid rush-hour traffic on area routes. Any queuing should occur on the transfer station site so as not to inhibit the traffic flow on public streets. Queuing on streets creates public safety concerns, blocks traffic and access to adjacent properties, and in some cases, causes damage to streets not designed for heavy vehicles. Exhaust from idling truck engines queuing on public streets can also cre- ate air quality and health concerns. (See the Air Emissions section on page 37 for discus- sion of air emission issues.) If space on the site is insufficient, alternatives should be consid- ered. These could include providing a sepa- rate tipping area for certain types of customers (such as self -haulers, who generate a lot of traffic, but not much waste) or establishing a remote holding lot for inbound vehicles to use before joining the onsite queue. Regulatory agencies sometimes can address and control queuing problems through the permitting process. Permitting agencies can incorporate provisions that require transfer stations to pro- vide adequate queuing space on site or off site or that prohibit queuing on public streets. As a result of community input, the opera- tor might designate traffic routes to the facili- ty. A simple "right turn only" at the exit can Page 57 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements relieve some traffic conflicts. If offsite routes are designated, clear authority for enforce- ment needs to be established (e.g., by local police or by the station operator refusing access to violators). Some specific design and operation features that might be necessary to reduce the environ- mental impacts of station traffic are described below: • Designating haul routes to and from the transfer station that avoid congested areas, residential areas, and other sensitive areas. • Adding offsite directional signs, pavement markings, and intersection signals. • Providing acceleration and deceleration lanes that allow vehicles to enter and leave the flow of offsite traffic smoothly, reducing congestion and the likelihood of accidents. • Using right turns to enter and leave the sta- tion site and minimizing left turns to reduce congestion and the likelihood of accidents off site. • Providing adequate onsite queuing space so lines of customers and transfer vehicles waiting to enter the facility do not interfere with offsite traffic. • Installing and using compaction equipment to maximize the amount of waste hauled in each transfer trailer, thus reducing the num- ber of loads leaving the site. • Establishing operating hours, including restrictions, that encourage facility use dur- ing nonpeak traffic times on area roads. • Schedule commercial waste deliveries to avoid rush-hour traffic. • Providing or requiring the provision of resi- dential waste collection service to reduce the number of people hauling their own wastes to the transfer station. Although the transfer station will handle the same amount of waste, more of it will arrive as combined collection vehicle loads, reducing the number of loads brought in by cars and pickup trucks. (One residential collection vehicle can haul as much as 15 to 30 cars and pickup trucks.) Noise Transfer stations can be a significant source of noise, which might be a nuisance to neigh- bors.' Heavy truck traffic and the operation of heavy-duty facility equipment are the primary sources of noise from a transfer station. Offsite traffic noise in the station's vicinity will be perceived as noise from the station itself. Equipment noise includes engines, backup alarms (beep- ers), hydraulic power units, and equipment buckets and blades banging and scraping on concrete and steel surfaces. The unload- ing of waste or recy- clables (particularly glass) onto a tipping floor, pit, steel drop box, or trailer can also create substantial noise, depending on the type of waste, fall distance, and surface. Stations that use sta- AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Noise Abatement: Leon County, Florida As part of its site selection process for a waste transfer station, Leon County, Florida, commissioned a study to evaluate and address noise concerns. Parcels adjacent to the site include residential, commercial, and light industrial. To the west is undeveloped residen- tial land. The study used a 5 -step procedure to determine the impact that noise from the transfer station would have on the adjoining community. It also assessed the effectiveness and feasibility of abatement. The study resulted in nine recommendations relating to building orientation, truck routing, operating hours, berm and wall construction, and vegetative plantings to buffer noise (Leon County, FL; February, 2000). tionary solid waste compactors or engine -driven tamping equip- ment have additional sources of mechanical equipment noise with which to contend. Good facility design and operations can help reduce noise emanating from the station. This includes: Maximizing the utility of perimeter site buffers, particularly along site boundaries with sensitive adjoining properties. Increasing the distance between the noise source and the receiver, or providing natu- ral or man-made barriers are the most effec- tive ways of reducing noise when the sound generation level cannot be reduced. 5 Although repeated exposure to high noise levels can lead to hearing impairment, noise levels associated with impairment are typically a concern only to employees; neighborhood impacts are typically a nuisance issue, not a health issue. Transfer Station Design and Operation 39 Page 58 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements • Orienting buildings so the site topography and the structure's walls buffer adjacent noise -sensitive properties from direct expo- sure to noise sources. • Providing sound -absorbent materials on building walls and ceilings. • Shutting off idling equipment and queuing trucks. Surge pit separating public and commercial vehicles. Water sprays along the walls of the pit are used to suppress dust. • Avoiding traffic flows adjacent to noise - sensitive property. • Arranging the facility layout to eliminate steep uphill grades for waste -hauling trucks, as driving uphill can significantly increase noise levels. • Facing building openings such as entrances away from noise -sensitive adjoining prop- erty. • Considering alternatives for beeping back- up alarms, such as strobe lights and prox- imity detectors (if state and local regulations allow). • Confining noisy activities within specified buildings or other enclosures. In particular, enclose hydraulic power units associated with compactors and rams in areas with acoustic silencing materials. Quieter equip - 40 Transfer Station Design and Operation AGENDA ITEM #2.c. ment options can also be selected during design. • Properly maintaining mufflers and engine enclosures on mobile equipment operating within the transfer station. Also insist that operators of commercial hauling vehicles keep their equipment, including the muffler systems, in good repair. • Keeping as many doors closed during sta- tion operating hours as practical. • Conducting activities that generate the loudest noise during selected hours, such as the morning or afternoon commute hours, when adjoining properties are unoccupied or when offsite background noise is at its highest. Odors MSW, food waste, and certain yard wastes such as grass have a high potential for odor generation. Odors might increase during warm or wet weather. Thus, transfer stations handling these wastes need to address odor management based on current and projected adjacent land uses. Odors can be managed with proper facility design and operating pro- cedures, including: • As with noise mitigation, increasing the dis- tance between the odor source and the receiver effectively reduces the impact of odors. • Evaluating the prevailing wind direction to determine building orientation and setback to adjacent properties. • Carefully orienting the building and its doorways with respect to odor -sensitive neighboring property and closing as many doors as practical during operating hours. • Designing floors for easy cleanup, includ- ing a concrete surface with a positive slope to drainage systems. Eliminating crevices, corners, and flat surfaces, which are hard to keep clean and where waste residue can accumulate. • Sealing concrete and other semiporous sur- faces to prevent absorption of odor -produc- ing residues. Page 59 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements • Minimizing onsite waste storage, both in the facility and in the loaded trailers, by immediately loading odorous or potentially odorous wastes into transfer trailers and quickly transferring them to the disposal site. • Incorporating odor neutralizing systems. • Removing all waste from the tipping floor or pit at the end of each operating day, then cleaning those areas to remove remaining residues. • Using enclosed trailers whenever possible when loaded trailers must sit on site tem- porarily before transfer. • Practicing "first -in, first -out" waste han- dling practices so wastes are not allowed to sit on site for long periods of time. • Collecting and removing partially full con- tainers at rural stations where accumulation of full loads could take several days. • Keeping building catch basins, floor drains and drainage systems clean so odor -causing residues do not build up. • Treating drainage systems periodically with odor -neutralizing and bacteria -inhibiting solutions. • Diverting odorous waste loads to facilities with less sensitive surroundings during adverse weather conditions. • Refusing to accept certain highly odorous wastes. • Practicing other "good housekeeping' measures, including regularly cleaning and disinfecting containers, equipment, and other surfaces that come into contact with waste. Air Emissions Air emissions at transfer stations result from dusty wastes delivered to the transfer station, exhaust (particularly diesel) from mobile equipment such as trucks and loaders, driving on unpaved or dusty surfaces, and cleanup operations such as street sweeping. As with odor control, proper design and operating AGENDA ITEM #2.c. procedures help minimize air emissions, including: • Paving all traffic carrying surfaces. • Keeping paved surfaces and tipping floors clean, and ensuring any street sweeping operations use sufficient water to avoid stir- ring up dust. • Restricting vehicles from using residential streets. • Selecting alternative fuel or low -emission equipment or retrofitting facility equipment with oxidation catalysts and particulate traps. • Working with truck fleet operators to reduce exhaust emissions through the retro- fit of emission control devices, use of clean- er fuels, and use of alternative fuel vehicles (e.g., compressed natural gas) • Installing misting systems to suppress dust inside the building or using a hose to spray dusty wastes as they are unloaded and moved to the receiving vehicles. (In rural areas, small stations might not have a readi- ly available water supply, or might have to rely on a portable water supply for house- keeping needs.) • Maintaining engines in proper operating condition by performing routine tune-ups. • Considering the purchase of newer genera- tion, low -emission diesel engines. • Minimizing idling of equipment by turning off engines when not in use. Truck stop electrification technology can be installed at designated queuing areas to provide truck cabs with comforts such as climate con- trolled air, electricity, and phone lines while engines are shut off. • Cleaning truck bodies and tires to reduce tracking of dirt onto streets. • Maintaining building air filtering systems so that they perform effectively. Storm Water Quality Rainfall and wash -down water flows from roofs, roads, parking lots, and landscaped Transfer Station Design and Operation 41 Page 60 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements Water Quality at Rural Transfer Stations Rt stations in rural areas where water might not be available for sanitary uses, portable toilets might provide a solution. But even at these sta- tions, there is likely some amount of potentially contaminated runoff that needs to be managed as sewage. In rural areas and other areas not served by a piped sanitary sewer system, it is common to connect building drains to underground holding tanks. The tanks are pumped as needed, and the leachate is trucked to a sewage treatment plant or other approved process- ing facility 42 areas at a transfer station, eventually reaching natural or constructed storm water drainage systems. Runoff might also percolate into the ground -water system. Keeping surface water free of runoff contamination from waste, mud, and fuel and oil that drips from vehicles is important to maintaining the quality of both the surface and ground water systems. The quality and amount of runoff often is regulat- ed by state, tribal, or local water management authorities. Transfer station development typi- cally results in the addition of new impervious surfaces (i.e., paved surfaces) that increase the total quantity of runoff and can contribute to flooding potential. When runoff contacts waste, it is considered potentially contaminated and is known as "leachate." Transfer station design and opera- tion should ensure that contaminated water is collected separately, then properly managed on site or discharged to the sewer. Most transfer stations send some amount of waste water to sewer systems. In addition to leachate, waste water from daily cleaning of the waste han- dling areas and the facility's restrooms and support areas typically are discharged to the sewer. Local waste water treatment plants establish guidelines for pretreatment and analysis with which transfer stations must comply when discharging waste water into the sewer. To minimize impacts on sewer systems, transfer stations should consider: • Covering waste handling and storage areas that drain to the sanitary sewer system. This reduces the amount of rainfall con- tributing to the total volume of sewer flow. Transfer Station Design and Operation AGENDA ITEM #2.c. • Removing as much debris from the tipping floor as possible by mechanical means (e.g., scraping or sweeping) before hosing the floor down. • Installing drain covers on floor drains. During normal operations, floor drains should be covered to prevent spilled liquid wastes from entering the sewer system. Covers can be opened or removed during floor cleaning. • Installing low -flow toilets, showers, and faucets. • Providing appropriate pretreatment of water that comes into contact with waste (leachate). Pretreatment requirements vary depending on the capabilities of the receiv- ing sewer, but could include provisions allowing solids to settle out of the sewage, the use of oil/water separators, or the use of other treatment systems. Other design and operation measures to con- sider in managing surface water quality include: Complying with all surface water manage- ment regulations applicable in the jurisdic- tion where the station is located. In jurisdictions with well-developed regula- tions, design and operation measures usual- ly include development of surface water detention facilities (ponds, tanks, or large holding pipes) that limit the runoff rate to the predeveloped rate. In addition, water quality requirements might involve desilt- ing facilities and applying various forms of biofiltration to remove contaminants. Some jurisdictions might require pH adjustment and other forms of pretreatment. • Locating stations outside local flood zones. • Minimizing impervious areas and maximiz- ing landscape and vegetative cover areas to reduce total runoff. • Limiting outside parking of loaded contain- ers or alternatively using rain -tight, leak - tight containers. If loaded containers or transfer vehicles are parked or stored out- side, providing catch basins connected to Page 61 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements the sanitary sewer system might be neces- sary. • Maintaining all surface water management facilities in good operating condition. This includes periodic cleaning and removal of silt and debris from drainage structures and ponds, as well as removing collected oil from oil -water separators. • Responding promptly to exterior spills to prevent waste materials from entering the surface water system. • Cleaning up liquid spills such as oils, paints, and pesticides with absorbent material rather than hosing them into drains. Although transfer stations generally do not accept these liquids, they might find their way into the waste stream in small quantities. • Using secondary containment around tem- porary storage areas for HHW, batteries, and suspect materials. Vectors Vectors are organisms that have the potential to transmit disease. Vectors of concern at transfer stations can include rodents, insects, and scavenging birds. Seagulls are particularly troublesome birds in coastal zones and certain inland areas. Much of the concern surround- ing vectors is associated with general nuisance factors, but this issue justifies diligent atten- tion. A few basic design elements and opera- tional practices can greatly reduce the presence of vectors, including: • Eliminating or screening cracks or openings in and around building foundations, waste containers, and holding areas at enclosed - type stations. This reduces opportunities for entry by terrestrial vectors (especially rodents). • Installing bird -deterrent measures, such as suspended or hanging wires to keep birds out of structures, and eliminating horizon- tal surfaces where birds can congregate. • Removing all waste delivered to the facility by the end of each day. • Cleaning the tipping floor daily. • Routinely inspecting the facility for poten- tial vector habitat, and taking corrective action when needed. • Using commercial vector control specialists as necessary. Litter In the normal course of facility operations, stray pieces of waste are likely to become litter in and around the facility. In jurisdictions that do not have or do not enforce regulations to cover customer vehicles, the litter problem is often most prevalent on routes leading to the station. Dry, light materials such as plastic grocery bags can be blown from the backs or tops of vehicles, or from the tipping area to the facility's outside areas. Design and operation considerations that can reduce the litter problem include: • Conducting all waste handling and process- ing activities in enclosed areas, if possible. • Orienting the main transfer building with respect to the predominant wind direction so it is less likely to blow through the build- ing (or tunnel) and carry litter out. Generally the "blank" side of the building should face into the prevailing wind. • Strictly enforcing the load covering or tarp - mg requirements will reduce litter from waste trucks. Some transfer station opera- tors have the authority to decline uncov- ered loads and have instituted surcharges to pro- vide incentives for customers to cover their loads. • Providing wind- breaks to deflect wind away from waste handling areas. • Locating doors in areas that are less likely to have potentially litter - producing materi- AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Vector Control at Rural Transfer Stations ln less densely populated areas, other vectors of concern could include bears, raccoons, and dogs, especially if waste is not tightly enclosed. The best way to keep large vectors out of the facility is to totally enclose the waste storage area or to fence and gate the site. Bird -scare devices, such as recordings of predatory birds or plastic decoys, can help alleviate scavenging. Baited traps can be used to control rodents, and humane traps can capture larger mammals such as raccoons and weasels. Transfer Station Design and Operation 43 Page 62 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements als stored near them, regardless of building orientation. At small rural stations, providing contain- ers with lifting lids that are normally closed. • Minimizing horizontal ledges where litter can accumulate. Facility Operating Plans Many states (as well as some tribes and local governments) require waste transfer stations to prepare and maintain facility operating plans. Often, these plans must be submitted with the permit application. The operating plan format and the specific information it must contain can vary greatly. Some states may also require operating plans prepared or certified by a licensed or certified professional engineer. Operating plans might require the following information: • Facility -specific information such as location and ownership. Some states require maps and diagrams of the site and facility as well. • Facility capacity and expected operating life. • Description of the type of waste the facility will handle, including waste origination, composition, and weight or volume. • A list or description of unacceptable wastes, including procedures for storing and handling these materials if they do arrive at the facility. • A description of daily operations, including waste handling techniques, vector controls, and hours of operation. • Emergency or contingency plans and procedures. 44 Providing skirts (usually wide rubber belt- ing or strip brushes) that close the gap between the bottom of the chute and the top of the receiving container at stations that employ chutes and hoppers to contain waste as it is deposited in trailers and drop boxes. • Installing fencing and netting systems to keep blowing litter from escaping the sta- tion site. This is particularly necessary at small rural facilities that are likely open - sided or that lack an enclosing building. • Conducting routine litter patrols to collect trash on site, around the perimeter, on immediately adjacent properties, and on Transfer Station Design and Operation AGENDA ITEM #2.c. approach roads and the hauling route(s). Litter patrols, especially at unattended sites, can also detect any illegal dumping that has occurred along the site perimeter. • Cleaning the tipping floor regularly and maintaining good housekeeping practices. This will minimize the amount of loose material that can be blown outside. Safety Issues Thoughtful facility design coupled with good operating practices help ensure transfer sta- tions are safe places. Transfer stations should be designed and operated for the safety of employees, customers, and even persons ille- gally trespassing when the facility is closed. Designers need to consider that people might trespass on facility grounds during operating hours or after the facility is closed for the night. Most state regulations require security and access control measures such as fences and gates that can be closed and locked after hours. Signs should be posted around the perimeter, with warnings about potential risks due to falls and contact with waste. Signs should be posted in multiple languages in jurisdictions with high percentages of non- English -speaking residents. Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations require facilities to provide safe working conditions for all employees. Although regulations spe- cific to waste transfer stations do not currently exist, general OSHA regulations apply as they would to any other constructed facility. State, tribal, and local workplace safety regulations, which can be more stringent than federal reg- ulations, also might apply. Some state, tribal, or local governments might require a facility's development permit to directly address employee and customer safety. State and tribal solid waste regulations, for instance, often require development of operating plans and contingency plans to address basic health and safety issues. Transfer station safety issues are the facility operator's responsibility. Page 63 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements This section describes general safety con- cerns associated with solid waste transfer sta- tions. A facility must take steps to eliminate or reduce risk of injury from many sources, including: Exposure to Potentially Hazardous Equipment Transfer station employees work in close proximity to a variety of hazards, including equipment with moving parts, such as con- veyor belts, push blades, balers, and com- pactors. Facility operators should develop an employee equipment orientation program and establish safety programs to minimize the risk of injury from station equipment. Utilizing locks or tags that prevent equipment from operating until they are removed (lock- out/tagout systems), for example, effectively minimize hazards associated with transfer station equipment. Transfer stations operators must implement and strictly enforce rules requiring children and pets to remain in the vehicle at all times. Posting signs and apply- ing brightly colored paint or tape to hazards can alert customers to potential dangers. Personal Protective Equipment Transfer station employees coming in close contact with waste and heavy machinery should wear appropriate personal protective equipment. Common pieces of protective gear include hard hats, protective eye goggles, dust masks, steel tipped boots, and protective gloves. If working in close proximity to loud machinery, hearing protection should be used as well. Check state and local codes and regu- lations to see if any personal protective equip- ment standards exist. Ensure that all facility employees are using the appropriate equip- ment and are properly maintaining it. Exposure to Extreme Temperatures Facilities located in areas of extreme weather must account for potential impacts to employ- ees from prolonged exposure to heat or cold. Heat exhaustion and heat stroke are addressed with proper facility operations, including good ventilation inside buildings, access to water and shade, and periodic work breaks. Cold AGENDA ITEM #2.c. weather is addressed by proper clothing, pro- tection from wind and precipitation, and access to warming areas. Extreme tempera- tures typically should not pose problems for customers because their exposure times are much less than those of facility workers. Traffic Controlled, safe traffic flows in and around the facility are critical to ensuring employee and customer safety. Ideally, a transfer station is designed so traffic from large waste - collecting vehicles is kept separate from self -haulers, who typ- ically use cars and 41 pickup trucks. 7r, Facility designers should consider: Directing traffic flow in a one-way loop through the main transfer building and Ellij around the entire ON .0 site. Facilities with CQMMEKIOLL M one-way traffic - flow have build- AU V HE.R ' �+� �NICIPAL WASE{ ings (and some- - ��O W���T� times entire sites) -YARV with separate entrances and exits. The transfer■ �HAZ — trailers, in particu- ���,p app lar, are difficult to F� MT, p 5T[MS, UL' maneuver and require gentle Well marked, color -coded traffic routes can help slopes and suffi- minimize contact between commercial and public cient turning radii. vehicles. Ideally, these trail- ers should not have to back up. • Arranging buildings and roads on the site to eliminate or minimize intersections, the need to back up vehicles, and sharp turns. • Providing space for vehicles to queue when the incoming traffic flow is greater than the facility's tipping area can accommodate. Sufficient queuing areas should be located Transfer Station Design and Operation 45 Page 64 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements after the scale house and before the tipping area. This is in addition to and separate from any queuing area required before the scale house to prevent traffic from backing up onto public roads. • Providing easily understood and highly visible signs, pavement markings, and directions from transfer station staff to indi- cate proper traffic flow. Providing bright lighting, both artificial and natural, inside buildings. Using light- colored interior finishes that are easy to keep clean is also very helpful. When enter- ing a building on a bright day, drivers' eyes need time to adjust to the building's darker interior. This adjustment period can be dan- gerous. Good interior lighting and light- colored surfaces can reduce the contrast and shorten adjustment time. Providing an area for self -haulers to unload separately from large trucks. Typically, self - haulers must manually unload the back of a pickup truck, car, or trailer. This process takes longer than the automated dumping of commercial waste collection vehicles and potentially exposes the driver to other traf- fic. It is often a good idea to provide staff to assist the public with safe unloading prac- tices. • Requiring facility staff to wear bright or conspicuous clothing. Personnel working in the tipping area especially must wear high visibility clothing at all times. • Installing backup alarms on all moving facility equipment and training all vehicle operators in proper equipment operations safety. Backup alarms must be maintained in proper working condition at all times. Cameras and monitors can also be installed as an additional precaution. Falls Accidental falls are another concern for facili- ty employees and customers, especially in facilities with pits or direct dump designs where the drop at the edge of the tipping area might be 5 to 15 feet deep. Facilities with flat tipping areas offer greater safety in terms of 46 Transfer Station Design and Operation AGENDA ITEM #2.c. reducing the height of falls, but they present their own hazards. These include standing and walking on floor surfaces that could be slick from recent waste material and being close to station operating equipment that removes waste after each load is dumped. Depending on the station design (pit or flat floor), a number of safety measures should be considered to reduce the risk of falls. For direct gravity loading of containers by citizens, a moderate grade separation will reduce the fall distance. For example, some facilities place rolloff boxes 8 feet below grade to facilitate easy loading of waste into the container (so the top of the rolloff box is even with the surrounding ground). This approach, however, creates an 8 -foot fall hazard into an empty rolloff box. Alternatively, the rolloff box can be set about 5 feet below grade, with the sides extending about 3 feet above the floor. This height allows for relatively easy lifting over the box's edge, yet is high enough to reduce the chance of accidental falls. • For pit -type operations, the pit depth can be tapered to accommodate commercial unloading at the deep end (typically 8 to 12 feet) and public unloading at the shallow end (3 to 6 feet). Safety barriers, such as chains or ropes, can be placed around the pit edges at the end of the day or during cleaning periods to prevent falls. These barriers, however, should be removed during normal operat- ing hours as they are a trip hazard and can interfere with the unloading of waste. • Substantial wheel stops can be installed on the facility floor to prevent vehicles from backing into a pit or bin. Some curbs are removable to facilitate cleaning. • Locating wheel stops a good distance from the edge of the unloading zone ensures that self -haul customers will not find them- selves dangerously close to a ledge or the operating zone for station equipment. • To prevent falls due to slipping, the floor should be cleaned regularly and designed with a skid -resistant surface. Designers Page 65 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements need to provide sufficient slope in floors and pavements so that they drain readily and eliminate standing water. This is espe- cially crucial in cold climate areas where icing can cause an additional fall hazard. Because of transfer stations' large size and volume and the constant flow of vehicles, it is impractical to design and operate them as heated facilities. • Use of colored floor coatings (such as bright red or yellow) in special hazard zones (including the area immediately next to a pit) can give customers a strong visual cue. • Designing unloading stalls for self -haul customers with a generous width (at least 12 feet when possible) maximizes the sepa- ration between adjacent unloading opera- tions and reduces the likelihood of injury from activity in the next stall. For commer- cial customers, stall widths of at least 15 feet are needed to provide a similar safety cushion. This is particularly necessary where self -haul and commercial stalls are located side-by-side. • If backing movements are required, design the facility so vehicles back in from the dri- ver's side (i.e., left to right) to increase visi- bility. Noise Unloading areas can have high noise levels due to the station's operating equipment, the unloading operation and waste movement, and customer vehicles. Backup safety alarms and beepers required on most commercial vehicles and operating equipment also can be particularly loud. The noise level also might cause customers not to hear instructions or warnings or the noise from an unseen approaching hazard. Designers have limited options for dealing with the noise problem. The principal way to reduce the effects of high -decibel noise in enclosed tipping areas is to apply a sound - absorbing finish over some ceiling and wall surface areas. Typically, spray -on acoustical coatings are used. These finishes have a draw- AGENDA ITEM #2.c. back, however. They tend to collect dirt and grime and are hard to keep clean and bright. Using a rubber shoe on the bottom of waste - moving equipment buckets and blades and avoiding use of track -type equipment that produce high mechanical noise also limits noise. These approaches, however, can affect the transfer system's operational efficiency. Regardless of which approaches are employed, transfer station employees exposed to high levels of noise for prolonged periods of time should use earplugs or other protec- tive devices to guard against hearing damage. Air Quality Tipping areas often have localized air quality problems (dust and odor) that constitute a safety and health hazard. Dust in particular can be troublesome, especially where dusty, dry commercial loads (e.g., C&D wastes) are tipped. Prolonged exposure to air emissions from waste and motorized vehicles operating inside the building provides another potential health threat to facility employees. Facility air quality issues can be addressed through a number of design and operational practices. These include: Water-based dust suppression (misting or spray) systems used to "knock down' dust. Different types of systems are available. They typically involve a piping system with an array of nozzles aimed to deliver a fine spray to the area where dust is likely to be generated (e.g., over the surge pit). They typically are actuated by station staff "on demand" when dust is generated. Dust suppression systems can operate using water only or can have an injection system that mixes odor -neutralizing compounds (usually naturally occurring organic extracts) with the water. These dual pur- pose systems effectively control both dust and odors. Water-based dust suppression systems, however, can have adverse eco- nomic impacts. The additional moisture added to the waste increases the weight of outbound loads, potentially reducing truck capacity and increasing costs. Transfer Station Design and Operation 47 Page 66 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements • Use of handheld hoses to wet down the waste where it is being moved or processed, typically in a pit. Designers need to consider using convenient reel -mount hoses for this purpose. • Ventilation systems can control air quality inside enclosed transfer buildings. While the high roofs and large floor areas com- mon in transfer stations put unique demands upon ventilation systems, it is still possible through engineering techniques to create the air velocities needed to entrain dust particles. One approach is to concen- trate system fans and air removal equip- ment above the dustiest and most odor -prone area to create a positive air flow from cleaner areas. Often, the air -handling equipment is designed with multiple speed fans and separate fan units that can be acti- vated during high dust or odor events. Filtering and scrubbing exhaust air from transfer stations is also possible. • If employees' direct exposure to harmful emissions from vehicles and waste at the facility is not sufficiently minimized, respi- ratory aids such as masks might be neces- sary. Hazardous Wastes and Materials While MSW is generally nonhazardous, some potentially hazardous materials such as pesti- cides, bleach, and solvents could be delivered to a transfer station. Facility operators should ensure that employees are properly trained to identify and handle such materials. Some sta- tions have a separate household hazardous waste (HHW) receiving and handling area. If the transfer station operates a program that manages HHW, the material is often collected by appointment only, during designated 48 Transfer Station Design and Operation AGENDA ITEM #2.c. hours, or during special single or multiple day events. All transfer stations need to be equipped to handle the occasional occurrence of hazardous waste, real or suspected, mixed with other wastes. Personal protective equipment such as goggles, gloves, body suits, and respirators should be on hand and easily accessible to employees. Because staff or customers might inadvertently come in contact with a haz- ardous substance, it is also good practice, and often required by code, to have special eye- wash and shower units in the operating areas. Typically, the transfer station's operating plan will outline detailed procedures to guide sta- tion personnel in identifying and managing these kinds of wastes. Many stations have a secure area with primary and secondary con- tainment barriers near the main tipping area where suspect wastes can be placed pending evaluation and analysis. Public education efforts can reduce the likelihood of hazardous materials showing up in solid waste. Ergonomics Improper body position, repetitive motion, and repeated or continuous exertion of force contribute to injuries. Both employers and employees should receive ergonomics training to reduce the likelihood of injury. Such train- ing provides guidance on minimizing repeti- tive motions and heavy lifting and using proper body positions to perform tasks. At this time there are no federal ergonomic stan- dards. A few states, however, do have such standards under their job safety and health programs. The Occupational Safety and Health Administration's Web site <www.osha- slc.gov/fso/osp/> includes a list of states with such programs and provides links to a number of these states' Web sites. Page 67 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. his section describes the types of regulations that generally apply to transfer stations and addresses typi- cal regulatory compliance methods. Applicable Regulations Transfer stations are affected by a variety of federal, state, tribal, and local regulations, including those related to noise, traffic impact mitigation, land use, workplace safety, taxes, employee right -to -know, and equal employ- ment opportunity that are applicable to any other business or public operation. Many jurisdictions also have regulations specifically applicable to transfer stations. These regula- tions typically emphasize the protection of public health and the environment. Federal Regulations No federal regulations exist that are specifical- ly applicable to transfer stations. EPA, howev- er, initiated a rulemaking process exclusively for marine waste transfer stations under authority of the Shore Protection Act in 1994. These rules would regulate vessels and marine transfer stations in the U.S. coastal waters. EPA is currently working with the U.S. Coast Guard on finalizing these rules. State Regulations State solid waste regulatory programs usually take primacy in transfer station permitting, although local zoning and land use require- ments apply as well. State regulations vary widely. Some have no regulations specific to transfer stations; others mention them as a minor part of regulations that generally apply to solid waste management; and others have regulations specifically addressing transfer station issues such as design standards, oper- ating standards, and the maximum amount of time that waste can be left on site. A few states also require transfer stations to have closure plans and to demonstrate financial assurance, while others require certification of key per- sonnel. Some states also require compliance with regional solid waste planning efforts or demonstrations of "need." Appendix A provides a state -by -state checklist of major transfer station regulatory issues. Appendix A shows that: • All but five states require waste transfer stations to have some type of permit, per- mit -by -rule, or state license to operate. • All 50 states have at least minimal operat- ing standards for waste transfer stations either through regulations, statutes, operat- ing plans, or construction permits. • Some states require analysis of transfer sta- tion impacts under general environmental review procedures. Local Regulations Local regulation of transfer stations can take many forms. Typical regulatory bodies include counties, cities, regional solid waste manage- a The New Mexico F.nvirontnent Deportment hereby issues this SOLID WASTE FACILITY PERMIT Facility Type: Transfer Station Facility ID No: SWM -071307 and Recycling Facility Facility Name & Location: Owner's Name & Address: ACME Solid Waste ACME Solid Waste Authority Transfer & Recycling 180 Yosemite Lane Albuquerque, NM Albuquerque, New Mexico 88001 Permit Expiration Date: No vem her 2, 2 015 This permit is issued pursuant to Section 74-9-20 afore Soiid Waste Act and is subicct to the condition. ofthc order of the Secretary. Z-1 November 2. - 19 95 . Given this �7__.. day of /i�a✓a7t18� _ , 190C . Jo Q. Doe Secretary of Environment Example of a state issued transfer station facility permit. Facility Oversight 49 Page 68 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements ment authorities, health departments, and air pollution control authorities. Counties, cities, and regional authorities often are required to prepare comprehensive solid waste management plans describing long-range plans for waste prevention, recy- cling, collection, processing (including transfer stations), and disposal. Other local regulations likely to apply to transfer stations include zoning ordinances, noise ordinances, and traf- fic impact analysis. Public health departments are involved with transfer stations because of the potential health concerns if solid waste is improperly managed. In some states, the state environ- mental protection agency delegates authority to local health departments to oversee solid waste management facilities, including trans- fer stations. This typically includes overseeing general compliance with a facility's operating permit; regular cleaning of the tipping floor; limits on the amount of waste the facility can accept; and employment of adequate meas- ures to prevent vectors such as rats, birds, and flies from contacting waste. Local or regional air pollution control authorities often regulate odor, dust, and vehi- cle exhaust emissions at transfer stations. Air pollution control agencies might regulate chemicals used to control odor, exhaust from vents on the facility's roof or walls, and whether dusty loads can be delivered to the transfer station. The local sanitary district often establishes waste water standards and might be involved in storm water management and protection. Common Regulatory Compliance Methods Compliance Inspections Many transfer stations are inspected periodi- cally for compliance with the transfer station's operating permit and other applicable regula- 50 Facility Oversight AGENDA ITEM #2.c. tions. The entity responsible for performing inspections and the frequency and level of detail of inspections vary widely around the country. Some inspections are complaint driv- en, some occur on a regular frequency, and some occur on a random basis. A typical inspection involves a representative of the local health department or state or tribal solid waste regulatory program walking through the facility, looking for improper waste stor- age or handling methods and writing up a short notice of compliance or noncompliance. Other inspections for specific issues are also conducted. Special inspections might target workplace safety, proper storm -water runoff management, and compliance with applicable roadway weight limits for transport vehicles. Reporting Some transfer station operators are required to compile monthly, quarterly, or annual reports for submission to regulatory agencies and host communities. These reports typically include the following information: • Weight (tons) and loads (number of cus- tomers) received at the transfer station each month. This sometimes includes details such as day of the week, time of day, type of waste, name of hauler, and origin of waste. • Weight (tons) and loads (number of transfer truck shipments) shipped from the transfer station each month. This sometimes includes a breakdown by time shipped, type of waste, and the final destination of the waste. • A description of any unusual events that took place at the transfer station, including accidents and discoveries of unacceptable waste. • A summary of complaints received and the actions taken to respond to the complaints. Page 69 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Leon County, Florida. Leon County Solid Waste Transfer Station: Noise Study Report. February 2000 (Draft). Lund, Herbert F. 1992. Solid Waste Handbook. McGraw-Hill Companies. National Environmental Justice Advisory Council. 2000. A Regulatory Strategy for Siting and Operating Waste Transfer Stations, (EPA500-R-00-001). Washington, DC. Solid Waste Association of North America. 2000. Certification Course Manual: Managing Transfer Station Systems. SWANA. Washington, DC. Tchobauoglous, George, Hilary Theisen, and Samuel A. Vigil. 1993. Integrated Solid Waste Management: Engineering Principles and Management Issues. McGraw-Hill Companies. U.S. EPA, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response. 2000. Waster Transfer Stations: Involved Citizens Make the Difference, (EPA530-K-01-003). Washington, DC. U.S. EPA, Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response. 1995. Decision -Maker's Guide to Solid Waste Management, Second Edition (EPA 530-R-95-023). Washington, DC. DuPage County Solid Waste Department. 1998. Solid Waste Transfer in Illinois: A Citizen's Handbook on Planning, Siting and Technology. Weaver Boos & Gordon, Inc. (For information on ordering copies of the DuPage County publication entitled Solid Waste Transfer in Illinois: A Citizen's Handbook on Planning, Siting and Technology contact Kevin T. Dixon, Director, Solid Waste Department, DuPage County Center, 421 N. Country Farm Road, Wheaton, Illinois 60187, telephone (630)682-7373.) Resources 51 Page 70 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Baler: This technology compresses waste into high-density, self-contained units (bales) of either waste or recyclables. Baled waste is transported on flatbed trailers (as opposed to transfer trailers) and is most often sent to a "balefill" that has special equipment (e.g., forklifts). Buffer zone (also setback): The distance between the transfer station or roadways and adjacent properties; often used for screening. Collection vehicle: Residential collection vehi- cles include front -loading and rear -loading garbage trucks, as well as special trucks with compartments used to pickup source -separat- ed recyclables. Commercial (businesses), insti- tutional (hospitals and schools), and industrial (plants) waste, as well as C&D waste, is often discarded in rolloff boxes, which are dropped at the facility and then collected on schedule. Construction and demolition debris (C&D): Includes broken concrete, wood waste, asphalt, rubble. This material can often be sep- arated for beneficial use. Convenience center (also citizen's dropoff or green box): Small transfer facilities used in low-volume or rural settings. These low -tech- nology options often use rolloff boxes with an inclined ramp for cars and pickups. Bins can be included for recyclables that are source - separated. Direct haul: The historic practice of sending collection vehicles (mostly garbage trucks) directly to the landfill without using transfer stations. When landfills were close to the waste sources, a residential collection vehicle customarily made two trips per day to the landfill. Host community benefits: A transfer station or landfill operator can offer specific benefits to the community selected for a proposed facility. The benefits are listed in a Host Community Agreement. Benefits can include cash, free tipping, highway improvements, and tax reductions. Household hazardous wastes (HHW): HHW come from residences, are generally produced in small quantities, and consist of common household discards such as paints, solvents, herbicides, pesticides, and batteries. Loadout: The process of loading outbound transfer trailers with waste; or loading trucks with recyclables destined for the market. Municipal solid waste (MSW): Generally defined as discards routinely collected from homes, businesses, and institutions, and the nonhazardous discards from industries. Queuing distance: The space provided for incoming trucks to wait in line. Source -separated: Recyclables discarded and collected in containers separate from non -recy- clable waste. Bins or blue bags are used to separate residential recyclables; separate boxes or containers are used for commercial/indus- trial discards (e.g., corrugated cardboard pack- aging, wood pallets). Source -separated wastes usually are delivered to a material recovery facility. Surge pit: A pit usually made of concrete that receives waste from the tipping floor. Surge pits provide more space for temporary storage at peak times and allow for additional com- paction of waste before loadout. Glossary of Terms and Acronyms 53 Page 71 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements Tipping fee: The unit price charged at the dis- posal site or transfer station to accept waste, usually expressed as dollars per ton or dollars per cubic yard. Tipping floor: The floor of the transfer station where waste is unloaded (tipped) for inspec- tion, sorting, and loading. Tons per day (TPD): The most common unit of measurement for waste generation, trans- fer, and disposal. Accurate TPD measure- ments require a scale; conversion from "cubic yards" without a scale involves estimated density factors. 54 Glossary of Terms and Acronyms AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Walking floor: A technology built in to light- weight transfer trailers and used to unload waste at the disposal site. Moving panels "walk" the waste out of the trailer bed. Waste diversion: The process of separating certain materials at the transfer station to avoid the cost of hauling and the tipping fee at the landfill. Waste screening: Inspecting incoming wastes to preclude transport of hazardous wastes, dangerous substances, or materials that are incompatible with transfer station or landfill operations. Page 72 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. he table starting on page A-2 is designed to serve as a quick refer- ence guide and comparative index of all state transfer station regula- tions. Almost all of these regula- tions are available over the Internet, and the URLs are provided at the end of this section. Permit Requirements. Nearly all states require transfer facilities to obtain a permit before beginning operations. The vast majority of states issue standard permits after a transfer sta- tion's application has been reviewed and approved. A few states have permit -by -rule pro- visions, which allow transfer stations to forego the application process by demonstrating com- pliance with a set of designated standards. Of the states not requiring permits for transfer sta- tions, about half require the facility to register with the state prior to beginning operation. Siting Requirements. Siting requirements refer to any additional regulatory require- ments beyond relevant and applicable state or local zoning requirements or conditions. Siting requirements could include prohibitions against siting in or near wetlands, flood plains, endangered species habitats, airports, or other protected sites. Design Standards. Nearly all states have at least minimal design criteria for transfer sta- tions. These requirements typically set stan- dards for waste receiving areas and waste -storage areas that include building structural features, access control, vector con- trol, and dust and odor controls. Operational Standards. These standards estab- lish how the transfer station will be run and how wastes will be handled. Standards often include hours of operation, safety issues, litter control, dust and odor control, disease vector control, facility cleaning/sanitation practices, waste removal, traffic control, and contingencies. Operator Certification. Only five states have mandatory operator certification for transfer station operators (Arkansas, New Hampshire, New Mexico, New York, and Ohio). Other state regulations stipulate that a transfer sta- tion operator must be a "qualified solid waste manager" but do not have requirements for any specific type of certification. Storage Restrictions. Many states have estab- lished time limits on how long waste may remain in a transfer station. Storage time restrictions vary from state to state, and some- times even within a state, depending upon the size of the transfer station. Recordkeeping Requirements. The majority of states require a transfer station to maintain onsite records of all incoming and outgoing waste as well as copies of the facility permit, operating plan, contingency plan, and proof of financial assurance, when such things are applicable. Reporting Requirements. Many states require transfer stations to submit reports at least annually to the state environmental agency. These reports often include information such as the name and location of the transfer station, the amounts and types of waste accepted, and the source and final destination of this waste. Monitoring Requirements. Monitoring refers to any surface water, soil, or air compliance monitoring that a transfer station may be required to perform by its state. Closure Requirements. Closure requirements include standards or timetables for removing wastes and cleaning the transfer station site after the facility stops receiving waste and per- manently ends operations. Most states with closure requirements require transfer stations to remove all wastes and close the facility in a manner that eliminates any threats to human health and the environment and minimizes the need for further maintenance. Financial Assurance Requirements. Some states require transfer stations to demonstrate that they have sufficient funds to properly close the facili- ty when it ceases operation. Financial assurance mechanisms often include trust funds, insurance policies, letters of credit, or other financial tests. Appendix A: State Transfer Station Regulations A-1 Page 73 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. State Transfer Station Regulations State Regulation Permit Siting Design Operational Operator Requirements Requirements Standards Standards Certification Alabama Chapter Yes Yes Yes Yes No 420-3-5-.12 Alaska 18 AAC 60 No No No Yes No Arizona None' No - But must No No Yes No self -certify or notify state Arkansas Reg. 22, Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Chapter 9 California Title 14 Yes No Yes Yes No Article 6 Colorado 6 CCR 1007-2 No4 No Yes Yes No Connecticut 22a-209 RCSA Yes Yes No Yes Yes Delaware Delaware S.W. Yes Yes Yes Yes No Regs., Section 10 Florida Rule 62-701- Yes Yes Yes Yes No FAC Georgia Chapter 391- Yes - Permit -by- No No Yes No 3-4 rule, must notify state Hawaii Title II, Yes No Yes Yes No Chapt. 58.1 Idaho (current IDAPA 58.01.06 Yes - Conditional No No Yes No rules use permit Idaho (proposed IDAPA 16 Yes Yes Yes Yes No rule)' Illinois IAC Title 35, Yes No No (Yes)' No (Yes) No Subtitle G, Chapter I, Subchapter I, Part 807, Subparts A&B Indiana 329 IAC 11 Yes No No Yes No Iowa IAC 567 Yes No Yes Yes No Chapter 100 Kansas KAR 28-29 Yes Yes Yes Yes No A-2 Appendix A: State Transfer Station Regulations Page 74 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Storage Recordkeeping Reporting Monitoring Closure Financial Restrictions Requirements Requirements Requirements Requirements Assurance Yes - 72 hours No No No Yes No Yes - Loaded into Yes Yes - Annual, by Requirements Yes - 24 hours Yes No No Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No Yes - No extended Yes Yes - Periodic No No Yes - At state storage of discretion putrescibles Yes - 48 hours for Yes Yes - Quarterly Possible - As part Yes No facilities; within 7 of nuisance control days for operations' measures Yes - No overnight Yes No No Yes No storage on tipping floor Yes - 48 hours Yes Yes No No No Yes - 72 hours, all Yes Yes Possible - State may Yes Yes overnight storage in require post -closure enclosures monitoring No Yes No No No No No No No No Yes No No Yes Yes - Annual, No Yes No by June 30 No Yes No No No No No Yes No No Yes No No (Yes) No (Yes) No (Yes) No Yes No Yes - Remove next Yes Yes - Annual, by No Yes Yes day (except on January 31 and weekends and quarterly tonnage holidays) reports Yes - 72 hours No No No Yes No Yes - Loaded into Yes Yes - Annual, by Possible - At state's Yes Yes transfer vehicle March 1 discretion next day Appendix A: State Transfer Station Regulations A-3 Page 75 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. State Regulation Permit Siting Design Operational Operator Requirements Requirements Standards Standards Certification Kentucky 401 KAR 47 Yes - Registered Yes No Yes No permit -by -rule Louisiana LAC 33: VII Yes Yes Yes Yes No Subpart I Maine ME SW Mgt. Yes Yes Yes Yes No Rules Chapter 402 Maryland Title 26 Yes No Yes Yes No Chapter 07 Massachusetts 310 CMR 16.00 Yes Yes Yes Yes No & 19.00 Michigan MAC R299, Yes Yes Yes Yes No Part 5 Minnesota Chapter 7035 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Mississippi Section V Yes Yes Yes Yes No Missouri 10 CSR 80-5 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Montana ARM Title 17 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Chapter 50, Sub -Chapters 4 and 5 Nebraska Title 132 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Nevada NAC 444.666 No' No Yes Yes No New Hampshire NHCAR Env- Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Wm Chapters 314 & 2100 RSA 149M New Jersey NJAC 7:26 Yes Yes - Must Yes Yes No perform an EHIS New Mexico 20 NMAC 9.1 Yes No No Yes Yes New York 6 NYCRR Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Part 360 North Carolina NCAC Title 15A, Yes No No Yes No Subchapter 13B A-4 Appendix A: State Transfer Station Regulations Page 76 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Storage Recordkeeping Reporting Monitoring Closure Financial Restrictions Requirements Requirements Requirements Requirements Assurance Requirements No Yes No No No No No Yes Yes - Annual, No Yes Yes by August 1 No Yes Yes - Annual, Possible - At state's Yes Yes by October 31 discretion Yes - No overnight No Yes - Annual No No No storage, unless in containers Yes - no Yes No No Yes Possible - At state's accumulation of discretion odor -causing wastes Yes - No overnight, No No No No No unless in closed containers Yes - 1 week if in Yes Yes - Annual, Possible - At state's Yes No leak -and vector- by February 1 discretion proof container or enclosure Yes - Waste Yes No No No No removed at least once per week Yes - No Yes No No No Yes putrescibles longer than 24 hours Yes - waste No Yes - Annual, No No No containers emptied by April 1 at least once a week No Yes No No Yes Yes Yes - 72 hours Yes No No Yes No after acceptance Yes - Remove Yes Yes - Annual, No Yes Yes putrescibles within by March 31 1 week or before producing an odor Yes - No Yes Yes - Monthly No No No overnight storage Yes - <250 yards3, Yes Yes - Annual, No - But must Yes Yes every other day; within 45 days of demonstrate >250 yards3, no end of calendar groundwater will overnight storage year be protected Yes - When all Yes Yes Yes Yes Possible - At state's containers full or discretion 7 days No No No Possible - At state's No No discretion Appendix A: State Transfer Station Regulations A-5 Page 77 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. State Regulation Permit Siting Design Operational Operator Requirements Requirements Standards Standards Certification North Dakota Article 33-20 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Ohio 3745-27- Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes (15,21-24) Oklahoma OAC 252:520 Yes Yes No Yes No Oregon OAR Chapter Yes No Yes Yes No 340, Division 96 Pennsylvania 25 PA Code Yes Yes Possible - at Yes No Chapt. 271, 279 state's discretion Rhode Island Solid Waste Yes Yes Yes Yes No Regulation No.1 & No.3 South Carolina Chapter 61, Yes Yes Yes Yes No Part 8 (61-107.7) South Dakota Article 74:27 Yes No Yes Yes No Tennessee Chapter Possible' - Yes Yes Yes No 1200-1-7 Permit -by -rule Texas 30 TAC, Yes Yes Yes Yes No Chapter 330 Utah R315-313 Nog No Yes Yes No Vermont Chapter 6 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Virginia Title 9 UAC Yes - Permit- Yes Yes Yes No 20-8-340 by -rule Washington WAC 173-304 Yes No Yes Yes No West Virginia 33 CSR 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Wisconsin NR 502.07 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Wyoming 3292 Chapter 6 Yes Yes Yes Yes No A-6 Appendix A: State Transfer Station Regulations Page 78 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements Storage Recordkeeping Reporting Monitoring Closure Restrictions Requirements Requirements Requirements Requirements No Yes Yes No Yes Yes - Must be in Yes Yes - Annual, by Possible - At state's Yes covered container April 1 discretion or building if stored longer than 12 hours Yes - 24 hours Yes Yes - Monthly, No Yes (48 hours with by the 10th of vector/odor each month controls) No Possible - At state's Possible - At state's No No discretion discretion Yes - 24 hours Yes Yes - Annual, Possible - At state's Yes (up to 72 over by June 30 discretion weekend) Yes - Remove No No No Yes combustible SW within 48 hours Yes - Remove Yes No Possible - At state's Yes putrescibles w/in discretion 24 hours No Yes No No Yes No Yes No No Yes No Yes Yes - 7 days Yes Yes - Remove Yes waste from tipping floor by end of operating day Yes - Remove No waste at end of work day No Yes Yes - Remove Yes waste at end of day/not more than 24 hours Yes - 24 hours No (with some exceptions) No Yes No No Yes Yes - Annual, No Yes by March 1 Yes - Quarterly No Yes No No Yes AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Financial Assurance Requirements No Yes Yes No Yes Yes - Though state may wave if decides unnecessary No No Yes - If facility has storage capacity of 1000 yds or greater Possible No Yes Yes Yes - Annual, No Yes No by March 1 Yes - Monthly No Yes Yes tonnage reports; and annual by January 31 No Possible - At state's Yes Possible - At state's discretion discretion No Possible - At state's Yes Yes discretion Appendix A: State Transfer Station Regulations A-7 Page 79 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements Notes 1. Arizona currently does not have regulations gov- erning waste transfer stations, but the Arizona Revised Statutes (ARS) have requirements that govern these facilities. The information in this matrix reflects these statutory requirements found at ARS 49-762. 2. In Arizona transfer stations that receive greater than 180 cubic yards/day must self -certify and demonstrate that the facility is in compliance with state rules. Transfer stations receiving less than 180 cubic yards/day must notify the state prior to commencement of operations and operate in accordance with state BMPs. 3. California classifies a transfer station as a facility if it receives greater than 60 cubic yards or 15 tons of waste per day or as an operation if it receives less than 60 cubic yards or 15 tons of waste per day. 4. While Colorado does not require a permit for transfer stations, the local governing body (county or municipal government) may. 5. Idaho has proposed a three -tiered system based upon the type of waste handled at a facility. This matrix assumes a solid waste transfer station would be considered a Tier II facility. 6. Illinois does not have explicit design, operating, storage, recordkeeping, or reporting requirements in its regulations. The state establishes these stan- A-8 Appendix A: State Transfer Station Regulations AGENDA ITEM #2.c. dards for each facility by requiring a facility to demonstrate in its permit application that it will meet specific standards. The Illinois regulations require a facility to provide to the state all the information requested in its permit application and once the permit is approved to comply with the terms of its permit. 7. While no permit is required in Nevada, a facility must submit and have approved by the state an application to build or modify a transfer station prior to any action being taken. 8. In Tennessee transfer stations that compact or otherwise process waste are considered "process- ing facilities" and are subject to the permit -by -rule requirements. If no processing occurs at a transfer station, then the facility is not subject to permit- ting. Tennessee currently has rule amendments under review which would make all transfer sta- tions subject to the permit -by -rule standards. The responses in this appendix apply to permit -by -rule facilities. 9. While Utah does not require a transfer station to obtain a permit, it does require a transfer station to get a plan approval. In a plan approval, the operator states how the facility will meet the transfer station guidelines found in the solid waste regulations. Page 80 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements Transfer Stations: State Regulations URLs (as of 11/30/2001) Alabama: <www.adem.state.al.us/ RegsPermit/ADEMRegs/rules.html> Note: Chapter 420-3-5: Solid Waste Collection and Transportation Rules contain regulations governing transfer stations but are not available on Alabama Public Health Web site <www.alapubhealth.org/>. AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Iowa: <www.legis.state.ia.us/IAC.html> Kansas: <www.kdhe.state.ks.us/waste/ bwm_download_page.html> Kentucky: <www.nr.state.kyus/nrepc/dep/ waste /regs / regulati.htm> Louisiana: <www.deq.state.la.us/planning/ regs / title33 / index.htm> Maine: <www.state.me.us/sos/cec/rcn/apa/ 06/chaps06.htm> Alaska: <www.state.ak.us/local/akpages/ Maryland: <www.mde.state.md.us/ ENV.CONSERV/title18/titlel8.htm> comar.html> Arizona: Arizona Administrative Code Massachusetts: <www.magnet.state.ma.us/ <www.sosaz.com/public_services/Table_Of dep/matrix.htm> _Contents.htm>. Applicable statutes are located at <www.azleg.state.az.us/ars/49/ Michigan: <www.deq.state.mi.us/wmd/ title49.htm>. SWP/sw_r&s.htm> Arkansas: <www.adeq.state.ar.us/ftproot/ Pub/regs/reg22.pdf> California: <www.ciwmb.ca.gov/Law.htm> Colorado: <www.cdphe.state.co.us/ regulate.asp> Connecticut: Regulations are not yet available on the Internet (as of 12/3/01). Delaware: <www.dnrec.state.de.us/ dnre c 2000 / Divisions / AW M / hw / sw / swreg.htm> Florida: <www.dep.state.fl.us/waste/ categories/ solid waste / default.htm> Georgia: <www.ganet.org/dnr/environ/> Hawaii: <www.state.hi.us/health/eh/shwb/ sw/index.html> Idaho: <vAvw2.state.id.us/adm/adminrules/rules /IDAPA58/58INDEX.HTM> — Idaho has proposed new solid waste management rules, which will include additional require- ments for transfer stations. See <www2. state.id.us/adm/adminrules/bulletin/ 99index.htm> - Select Bulletin 99-8, Vol. 1. Illinois: <www.ipcb.state.il.us/Title_35/ main.htm> Indiana: <www.in.gov/legislative/iac/ title329.html> Minnesota: <www.pca.state.mn.us/rulesregs/ index.html> Mississippi: <www.deq.state.ms.us/ newweb/homepages.nsf> Look under Office of Pollution Control. Missouri: <mosl.sos.state.mo.us/csr/ 10csr.htm> Montana: <www.deq.state.mt.us/dir/legal/ titlel7.asp> Nebraska: <www.deq.state.ne.us/ RuleandR.nsf / Pages / Rules> Nevada: <ndep.state.nv.us/admin/nrs.htm> New Hampshire: <www.des.state.nh.us/ desadmin.htm> New Jersey: <www.state.nj.us/dep/dshw/ resource/rules.htm> New Mexico: <ftp://www.nmenv.state. nm.us/regulations/20nmac9–l.txt> New York: <www.dec.state.ny.us/website/ regs/index.html> North Carolina: <wastenot.ehnr.state.nc.us/ swhome/rule.htm> North Dakota: <www.health.state.nd.us/ ndhd/environ/wm/> Ohio: <www.epa.state.oh.us/dsiwm/ pages / currentrule.html> Appendix A: State Transfer Station Regulations A-9 Page 81 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements Oklahoma: <www.deq.state.ok.us/rules/ rulesindex.htm> Oregon: <arcweb.sos.state.or.us/rules/ OARS_300 / OAR_340 / 340_tofc.html> Pennsylvania: <www.pacode.com/> Rhode Island: <www.state.ri.us/dem/pubs/ regs/index.htm> South Carolina: <www.lpitr.state.sc.us/ coderegs / statmast. htm> South Dakota: <legis.state.sd.us/rules/ index.cfm> Tennessee: <www.state.tn.us/sos/rules/ 1200/1200-01/1200-01.htm> Texas: <www.tnrcc.state.tx.us/oprd/ rules/indxpdf.html> A-10 Appendix A: State Transfer Station Regulations AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Utah: <www.deq.state.ut.us/EQSHW/ swrules.htm> Vermont: <www.anr.state.vt.us/dec/rules/ rulessum.htm> Virginia: <www.deq.state.va.us/waste/ wasteregs.html> Washington: <access.wa.gov/government/ awlaws.asp> West Virginia: <www.wvsos.com/csr/> Wisconsin: <www.legis.state.wi.us/ rsb/code/> Wyoming: <soswy.state.wy.us/cgi- win/sscgi_1.exe> Page 82 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements United States Environmental Protection Agency Solid Waste and Emergency Response (5306W) EPA530-R-02-002 June 2002 AGENDA ITEM #2.c. 26.70.070 Residential recycling. A. Terms of Service: 1. SWS shall provide one roll cart container for the collection of recyclable materials free of charge when used in combination with residential refuse service. The roll carts shall be unique in color or labeling such that refuse collection and recyclable collection are readily distinguishable. The customer is responsible for cleaning roll carts. 2. Each container will be designated by a unique serial number which shall be assigned to the customer's account. Upon initiation of service, one set of containers shall be delivered at no charge to the customer. 3. Customers will be provided with a list of accepted recyclables. SWS may inspect the contents of any recycling collection container. Containers found to contain contaminants shall be tagged, notifying the customer that unacceptable materials were found. Contents of the container shall be collected as refuse, and the customer shall be billed $30.00 each time a container is found to contain contaminants. 4. Recyclables will only be collected from roll carts provided by SWS. Any waste material not contained within the designated roll cart with the lid tightly closed shall be considered excess refuse and subject to excess charges. 5. The customer shall place roll carts for recyclables collection at the curbside or alley within three feet of the drivable roadway or alley with a minimum of three feet of clearance from any pole, mailbox, vehicle, roll cart, snow berm, or other obstruction on any side. Customers shall be responsible for clearing snow or other obstructions limiting access to the collection containers. 6. Roll cart containers shall remain SWS property. 7. Customers vacating premises or otherwise terminating service shall be responsible to arrange for the return of all roll carts to SWS. Upon request, SWS will pick up carts. 8. SWS shall replace lost, stolen, or damaged roll carts where damage is considered in excess of normal wear and tear. The customer shall be billed $158.80 for each replacement cart. B. Residential recycle pack -out service. 1. When the customer subscribes to this additional service the customer will be charged an additional monthly fee of $10.21 per set of containers (i.e. one trash/one recycle) in 50 feet increments. 2. SWS staff may not enter any building to collect a container. C. Organic material monthly service charge. 1. This rate covers the weekly collection of organic materials on collection routes designated by the general manager. Each customer subscribing to organic material collections shall pay a monthly subscription rate. Subscription rates shall be: Subscription Volume for Organic Collection Monthly Service Charge 32 gallon - Organics Cart $5.50 96 gallon - Organics Cart $11.00 a. SWS shall provide each customer requesting organics service on a designated automated collection route with roll cart organics container(s) of volume equal to the subscription volume elected by the customer. Organic roll carts shall be unique in color or labeling such that they are (Supp. No. Ma 82) Page 1 of 2 Created: 2023-12-15 12:51:36 [EST] Page 84 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. readily distinguishable from the refuse collection and recyclable collection. The customer is responsible for cleaning roll carts. b. Each container will be designated by a unique serial number which shall be assigned to the customer's account. C. The customer shall place roll carts for organics collection at the curbside or alley within three feet of the drivable roadway or alley with a minimum of three feet of clearance from any pole, mailbox, vehicle, roll cart, snow berm, or other obstruction on any side. Customers shall be responsible for clearing snow or other obstructions limiting access to the collection containers. d. Roll cart containers shall remain SWS property. e. Customers vacating premises or otherwise terminating service shall be responsible to arrange for the return of all roll carts to SWS. Upon request, SWS will pick up carts. A charge of $158.80 per roll cart shall be assessed to the final bill for any non-returned/damaged carts. f. SWS shall replace lost, stolen, or damaged roll carts where damage is considered in excess of normal wear and tear. The customer shall be billed $158.80 for each replacement cart. g. SWS staff may not enter any building to collect a container. (AO No. 2018-98, § 2, 1-1-19; AO No. 2019-13 , § 1, 1-1-19; AO No. 2019-126, § 1, 1-1-20; AO No. 2020-91, § 1, eff. 1-1-21; AO No. 2021-104, § 1, 1-1-22; AO No. 2022-92(S-1) , § 1, 1-1-23) (Supp. No. Ma 82) Page 2 of 2 Created: 2023-12-15 12:51:36 [EST] Page 85 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Appendix C: KIB Proposal Cost Evaluation Form Summary Residential $1,798,200 Commercial Dumpster $2,242,062 Commercial Roll Offs $97,792 Recycling (processing) $328,940 Recycling (cardboard transport only) $50,561 Total $4,517,554 Page 86 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Appendix C: KIB Proposal Cost Evaluation Form Recycling Rates Item Rate Units Processing up to 650 tons per year $228,073.75 per year Electronic waste processing $0.36 per pound 64 gallon non -routed pickup service $12.25 per pickup 3.6 cubic yard non -routed pickup service $73.84 per pickup 64 gallon weekly service $0.00 per month 3.6 cubic yard weekly service $145.57 per month Community outreach and education $0.00 per year Estimated Quantities (for purpose of proposal evaluation only) Processing Tons per year 650 Electronic waste pounds per year 70,000 64 gallon non -routed pickups 200 3.6 cubic yard non -routed pickup service 150 64 gallon weekly service 100 3.6 cubic yard weekly service 50 Estimated Annual Cost 1 $328,940 Page 87 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Cardboard Recycling Roll Off Transporation Rates Transportation only to existing Recycling Contractor Rates Per -Pull 10 yard, non compacted $161.44 20 yard, non compacted $161.44 30 yard, non compacted $214.69 40 yard, non compacted $214.69 Assumed pulls per year based on 5,500 cubic yard generation rate 10 yard, non compacted 100 20 yard, non compacted 160 30 yard, non compacted 30 40 yard, non compacted 10 Estimated Annual Cost 10 yard, non compacted $16,144 20 yard, non compacted $25,830 30 yard, non compacted $6,441 40 yard, non compacted $2,147 Total $50,561 Cost components of 20 vd, noncompacted cardboard recvclins roll -off pull rate Collection and Administrative $94.89 Fuel $17.11 Fixed $26.96 Profit $22.48 Total $161.44 Check Total OK Page 88 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Appendix C: KIB Proposal Cost Evaluation Form Corrected Recycling Rates Item Rate Units Processing up to 650 tons per year $228,073.75 per year Electronic waste processing $0.36 per pound 64 gallon non -routed pickup service $12.25 per pickup 3.6 cubic yard non -routed pickup service $73.84 per pickup 64 gallon weekly service $0.00 per month 3.6 cubic yard weekly service $145.57 per month Community outreach and education $0.00 per year Estimated Quantities (for purpose of proposal evaluation only) Processing Tons per year 650 Electronic waste pounds per year 70,000 64 gallon non -routed pickups 200 3.6 cubic yard non -routed pickup service 150 64 gallon weekly service 100 3.6 cubic yard weekly service 50 Estimated Annual Cost $354,140 <<Includes processing of the given 70,000 lbs of E -waste. Page 89 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Cardboard Recycling Roll Off Transporation Rates Transportation only to existing Recycling Contractor Rates Per -Pull 10 yard, non compacted $161.44 20 yard, non compacted $161.44 30 yard, non compacted $214.69 40 yard, non compacted $214.69 Assumed pulls per year based on 5,500 cubic yard generation rate 10 yard, non compacted 100 20 yard, non compacted 160 30 yard, non compacted 30 40 yard, non compacted 10 Estimated Annual Cost 10 yard, non compacted $16,144 20 yard, non compacted $25,830 30 yard, non compacted $6,441 40 yard, non compacted $2,147 Tota 1 $50,561 Cost components of 20 yd, noncompacted cardboard recycling roll -off pull rate Collection and Administrative $94.89 Fuel $17.11 Fixed $26.96 Profit $22.48 Tota 1 $161.44 Check Total OK Page 90 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Contract No. FY2019-25 a. On behalf of KIB, charge Customers a fee or fees in the amounts directed by KIB; b. Remit to KIB such portions of those fees as directed herein; c. Maintain detailed financial records regarding the billing and collection of fees; and, d. Issue Reports to KIB in the manner and at the times directed herein. 5.04 Collection and Transfer of Recyclable Cardboard Material. Subject to the conditions contained herein, Contractor shall, among other things: a. Provide Cardboard Recycling Containers to Customers; and lo. Deliver Cardboard Recycling Containers to the KIB designated recycling facility for processing. SECTION 6: SPECIFIC COLLECTION DUTIES 6.01 Mandatory Service. a. Contractor acknowledges that Contractor is required to charge the owner or occupant of a Premises a Service Fee, regardless of whether that owner or occupant self -hauls Solid Waste and discards it in the Dumpster and Roll Off Container at KIB landfill or utilizes Services at Customer's Premises. b. If anyone notifies Contractor in writing that he or she wishes to personally store, collect, transport and dispose of Solid Waste generated on that person's Premises, (referred to as "self -haul"), Contractor may nevertheless charge that person a Contractor Service Fee commensurate with the gallon equivalent (32, 64 or 96 gallons) of Solid Waste that the self -haul Customer discards at the Dumpster or Roll Off Container located at KIB Landfill, as estimated by a KIB employee. c. Mandatory Service Notice. Within seven (7) Service Days after receiving notice (based on Contractor's drivers' observations, information and belief, or otherwise) that a formerly unoccupied Premise becomes occupied, or that the individuals occupying the Premises have changed, Contractor will give written notice to the owner or occupant of that Premises that Service is required unless Contractor has already received a request for Service at that Premise, or KIB revokes such provisions of the KIB Code that require mandatory Service. 6.02 Collection From Refuse Carts. a. Automated or Semi Automated Collection. Contractor will Collect all Refuse Carts using an Automated or Semi -Automated manner. "Automated" means that Refuse Carts are lifted from their Set -Out Site, emptied and set 11 Page 91 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Contract No FY2019-25 c. Roll -Off Container at KIB Landfill. Beginning on the Commencement Date, Contractor will deliver a Dumpster or Roll Off Container in any capacity provided on the Service Fee Schedule in Section 11.01, as requested by KIB, to the location specified by KIB at the KIB Landfill. Contractor will replace that Dumpster or Roll -off Container with another Dumpster or Roll Off Container of any other capacity provided on the Service Fee Schedule, within two (2) Service Days of KIB' s request. Contractor will provide KIB with the Service prescribed in Section 6.03(a) (including container repair and maintenance), as if KIS were a Customer. Beginning on the Collection Commencement Date, Contractor will Collect all Solid Waste placed therein at the frequency agreed to by KIB and the Contractor, and dispose of it at the KIB Landfill, without charge to KIB. d. Cardboard Recycling Containers. Beginning on the Commencement Date, Contractor will deliver a specially fabricated Cardboard Recycling Container in any capacity provided on the Service Fee Schedule in Section 11.01, at the designated tocations specified by the KIB. Contractor will collect cardboard recyclable material discarded therein at least weekly, on the Regularly Scheduled Collection Day(s) or on altemate or additional days as agreed to between Contractor and the KIB to ensure that each Cardboard Recydrxd Container is MT * emptied when container is at rapacity. 6.04 Bulky Items. a. Reporting Bulky items. Contractor's employees must promptly notify Contractor of any Bulky Items that they observe discarded at a Dumpster Set - Out Site. b. On -Call Collection Service and Fees. Contractor must, within three (3) days of a Customer's request, collect Bulky Items with maximum allowable dimensions of 4 x 5 x 6 cubic feet that are discarded at a Set -Out Site. Customers shall be entitled to one such pickup each month; however, Contractor shall charge Customers the surcharge listed on the Contractor Service l=ee Schedule in Section 11.01 for each additional pickup of Bulky Items that occurs within the same calendar month. c. Diversion Program for Bulky Items. Contractor will use reasonable business efforts to divert all bulky Items that it collects. Contractor shall deliver all bulky Items that it does not divert to a facility approved by KIB. 6.05 Emergency Services. a. Nature of Emergency Services. Within 24 hours of notice by KIB, whether oral or written, Contractor will provide emergency services beyond the scope of the Contract Services at the times and to the extent directed by KIB, including providing vehicles, drivers and other equipment and personnel to cleanup Solid Waste and other debris consequent upon natural disasters such as earthquakes, storms, floods, riots and civil disturbances, for which 14 Page 92 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Contract No. FY2019-25 within two (2) Service Days of a Customer's request or other time agreed to between Contractor and Customer. SECTION 7: DISPOSAL OF COLLECTED REFUSE 7.01 Transportation of Collected Refuse to KIB Landfill. a. KIB Landfill. Contractor will transport and deliver all Refuse that it Collects to the KIB Landfill. Contractor will coordinate that delivery with Holiday Collection schedules and closures for repair and maintenance. Contractor will keep Refuse that it Collects at Residential Premises, whether in Carts, Dumpsters, or Roll -Offs, separate from Refuse that it Collects at Commercial or Multi -Family Premises and will not commingle that Refuse in one Vehicle. b. Compliance and Cooperation. Contractor will ensure that its Vehicles are capable of passing in and out of the door of the baler building at the KIB Landfill. Contractor will cooperate with KIB Landfill operators, and shall comply with all rules in effect at the KIB Landfill, including, but not limited to: (1) Delivering Refuse only at the times and on those days specified by KIB; (2) Following directions to unload Collection Vehicles in designated areas; (3) Accommodating KIB Landfill operations and maintenance activities; and, (4) Complying with KIB's Unpermitted Waste exclusion programs. c. Disposal Fees. Contractor will pay all KIB Landfill Disposal fees, including the fees for Disposal of Refuse that Contractor Collects from Rall -Off Containers and Dumpsters located at the KIB landfill. SECTION 8: FUTURE RECYCLING SERVICES PROGRAM 8.01 General. Contractor acknowledges that, subject to the protocols set forth at Section 14 of this Agreement, KIB may also require Contractor to implement a Recycling collection program. In that event, KIB will request that Contractor submit a proposal to implement such Recycling collection program, which it shall review and consider prior to requesting proposals from, or negotiating with, any other Person for the provision of these services. However, if KIB and Contractor do not reach agreement by the end of the period specified in Section 14, KIB shall be entitled to take any such other actions as may be permissible pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. 8.02 Prospective Services. If KIB selects Contractor to provide Recycling services, Contractor shall supply all labor, equipment, personnel, quarterly reports, and payment invoices in a timely manner as outlined in this Agreement. The Contractor shall agree to perform all services necessary for the processing and shipment of recyclable materials that it collects within the City of Kodiak and 16 Page 93 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Contract No. FY2019-25 KIB. Contractor will collect and process cardboard, mixed paper/paperboard, newspaper, plastic, aluminum cans and office paper. Recyclable material does not include large metal items such as vehicles, parts of vehicles, appliances or home construction type of siding. Contractor will implement the processing methods and Recyclables collection as described in its Proposal and the final addendum and cover all costs associated with Contractor's collection and handling of Recyclables. 8.03 Methods. Contractor will adhere to the collection plan and processing methods based upon its Proposal and any addenda thereto. 8.04 Equipment and Personnel. The Contractor has identified, in its Proposal and any addenda thereto, the equipment to be used in the collection and processing of Recyclables. This identification shall include the minimum following information: a. Equipmenttype; b. Equipment quantities; and, c. Availability of backup equipment. The Contractor has also identified in its Proposal the number of personnel necessary to meet the requirements of this Agreement. Personnel listed shall include management, supervisory, customer service, equipment operators, collection personnel, etc. Any changes to management personnel shall be promptly communicated to KIB. 8.05 Final Disposition of Recyclable Materials. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that collected material is processed and recycled. To this end the Contractor shall document the final disposition of the collected material as part of its quarterly reporting requirement. 8.06 Documentation. Contractor shall maintain throughout the duration of the Agreement, and for two (2) additional years, documentation on all of the Contract Services provided. Contractor shall maintain records to substantiate all work performed and fees requested. Such records shall include, but not be limited to, daily records on the pounds of processed recyclables, shipment records, and recyclable pick up locations. KIB may request that copies or portions of this documentation be included with Contractor's monthly requests for payment. 8.07 Records and Reporting. a. Records. Contractor will collect and record, on a daily basis, tonnage information, including the gross, tare, and net weight of each load of Recyclables it collects, as well as the receipts from the Recyclables processing facilities, in such a manner that Contractor and KIB may review the amount of Recyclables collected and delivered by Contractor on any given day. 17 Page 94 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. Contract No. FY2019-25 b. Reports. Contractor will include a summary of the records for tonnage, and any additional information requested by KIB in its Quarterly Report, as described in the KIB Residential and Commercial Solid Waste Collection and Recycling Services RFP and Contractor's Proposal. c. Inventory. Contractor will submit an updated inventory of Service Assets to KIB on July i of each year during the Contract Term, which shall include the following: (1) A general description of its maintenance yards, operations facilities, drop off locations, Contractor Office, and any other administrative and customer service offices; and, (2) A list of Vehicles described by type, including manufacture and model number for cab, chassis and body; descriptive notation (i.e. front-end loader, compactor, etc.); number; DMV license number; the age of the chassis and body; type of body (i.e., open -top, closed, etc.); type of fuel used; the date of acquisition; the maintenance and rebuild status; and, lease or installment purchase information. 8.08 Recyclables Processing and Marketing. Contractor may change its selection of Recyclables Processing Facility and notify KIB within 30 days of doing so. If the Recyclables Processing Facility is wholly or partially inoperable for any reason, including uncontrollable circumstances, Contractor will make other arrangements to process Recyclables or to transport the Recyclables to the Recyclables Processing Facility without increase of the Contractor compensation despite any consequent additional costs to Contractor. SECTION 9: GENERAL OBLIGATIONS AND PERFORMANCE STANDARDS 9.01 Procedures for Missed Collections. a. Corrective Action Required. Absent Contract Service Exceptions, on the next Contract Service Day following telephonic or other notice to Contractor, Contractor will Collect without charge any container that Contractor should have Collected, delivered, exchanged, or repaired but did not. If Contractor fails to do so, KIB may provide the Contract Service itself or through a third party and Contractor will reimburse KIB's Reimbursement Costs thereof. 9.02 Customer Complaints. a. Response. Contractor will respond to all Customer inquiries and complaints (including any inquiry or complaint left with the telephone answering service) within 24 hours following notice to Contractor, and handle all complaints consistent with the requirements of the Customer Complaint Protocol set forth in this Section. b. Customer Complaint Protocol. Contractor will maintain, update as 18 Page 95 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.c. 3.19.2021 Version is hereby amended to incorporate the adjustments permitted under section 11.03 effective July 1, 2020 and restated in its entirety to read as follows: Contractor Monthly Service Fee for Roll -Off Service Service Fee for Cardboard Recycling Service 10-20 cubic yard 3040 cubic yard 10-20 cubic yards 30-40 cubic yards Compactor Compactor $214.69 per haul $160.63 per haul, plus $213.61 per haul plus disposal fee, plus disposal fee, plus $160.63 per haul, plus $213.61 per haul, plus $21.25 disconnect fee $21.25 disconnect fee disposal fee I disposal fee if applicable) if applicable) 8. Amendment to Section 11.01 of the Agreement. The table titled "Contractor Monthly Service Fee for Cardboard Recycling Service" on page 31 of the Agreement which initially read as follows: Contractor Monddy Service Fee for Cardboard Recycling Service 10 cubic yards 20 cubic yards 30 cubic yards $160.63 per haul 40 cubic yards $161.44 per haul $161.44 per haul $214.69 per haul $214.69 per haul is hereby amended to incorporate the adjustments permitted under section 11.03 effective July 1, 2020 and restated in its entirety to read as follows: Contractor Monthly Service Fee for Cardboard Recycling Service 10 cubic yards 20 cubic yards 30 cubic yards 40 cubic yards $160.63 per haul $160.63 per haul $213.61 per haul $213.61 per haul 9. Amendment to section 11.03(b) Annual Adjustment. Section 11.03(b) "Annual Adjustment" on page 32-33 is amended to make provision for the disposal rate adjustment based upon any actual changes in rates adopted by the Assembly in conjunction with the budget process. As revised this section will read as follows (added language underlined): b. Annual Adjustment. On July 1, 2020, and each following July 1, the Contractor Service Fee will be adjusted so as to make it equal to the Contractor Service Fee that is in effect during the prior Contract Year (or portion of that Contract Year), plus or minus the Weighted Adjustment Percentage times that Contractor Service Fee. Between April 1 and April 30 of each Contract Year, Contractor will prepare a statement setting forth Contractor's detailed calculation of Contractor's requested annual adjustment in Contractor Service Fee in the form of the following examples or other format prescribed by KIB (see, for example, subsection h). The calculation of the disposal component shall be made based upon the estimated change in the disposal cost proposed as provided by the Borough Manager or designee. Contractor's statement is for convenience of KIB but is not binding on KIB. KIB may make corrections or adjustments to that statement. After final Assembly approval of any change in disposal rates the disposal component adjustment shall be modified accordingly. The method used to calculate the annual service fee adjustment is set forth in the following subsection c. Page 96 of 162 Discussion Pertaining To Transfer Stations And Recycling Requirements AGENDA ITEM #2.d. KODIAK ISLAND BOROUGH STAFF REPORT FEBRUARY 29, 2024 4 ' x ASSEMBLY WORK SESSION SUBJECT: Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Submission Of Items ORIGINATOR: Larry LeDoux, Assembly Member RECOMMENDATION: For assembly review and discussion. DISCUSSION: This item was requested by Assembly member LeDoux and co-sponsored by Assembly member Sharratt. After discussion, the Assembly may direct the Clerk to place this item for introduction at an upcoming meeting. Attached is a DRAFT version of the ordinance prepared by the Clerk's Office at the direction of Assembly member LeDoux as well as well as all agenda items requested by Assembly Members in the order received. ALTERNATIVES: FISCAL IMPACT: OTHER INFORMATION: Per KIBC 2.30.070 (N), the Assembly may amend, repeal, rescind, or reconsider an ordinance by enacting another ordinance. Kodiak Island Borough Page 97 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 KODIAK ISLAND BOROUGH ORDINANCE NO. FY20XX-XX AN ORDINANCE OF THE ASSEMBLY OF THE KODIAK ISLAND BOROUGH AMENDING TITLE 2 ADMINISTRATION AND PERSONNEL, SECTION 2.30 RULES OF THE ASSEMBLY, SECTIONS 2.30.060 ORDER OF BUSINESS AND AGENDA, AND SECTION 2.30.070 ORDINANCES, RESOLUTIONS, AND MOTIONS TO UPDATE PROCESSES FOR AGENDA SETTING AND SUBMISSION OF ITEMS WHEREAS, this ordinance is submitted in order to update processes for agenda setting and submission of items. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE ASSEMBLY OF THE KODIAK ISLAND BOROUGH that: Section 1: This ordinance is of a general and permanent nature and shall become a part of the Kodiak Island Borough Code of Ordinances. Section 2: That Section 2.30.060 of the Kodiak Island Borough Code of Ordinances is amended to read as follows: 2.30.060 Order of business and agenda. A. Order of Business. The order of business for each regular meeting of the assembly shall be as follows: 1. Invocation. 2. Pledge of Allegiance. 3. Statement of land acknowledgment. 4. Roll call. 5. Approval of agenda and consent agenda. (Approval of consent agenda passes all items indicated. Consent agenda items are not considered separately unless an assembly member so requests. In the event of such request, the item is returned to the general agenda.) 6. Approval of minutes. 7. Citizens' comments. a. Agenda items not scheduled for public hearing and general comments. 8. Awards and presentations. 9. Committee reports. 10. Public hearing. 11. Borough manager's report. 12. Messages from the borough mayor. 13. Consideration of calendar — unfinished business. 14. Consideration of calendar — new business. a. Contracts. b. Resolutions. c. Ordinances for introduction. Ordinance No. FY202N-NN Page 1 of 4 AGENDA ITEM #2.d. Page 98 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 AGENDA ITEM #2.d. d. Otheritems. 15. Citizens, comments. 16. Assembly members' comments. 17. Adjournment. B. Agenda. The mayor, deputy presiding officer, or manager shall determine items for the agenda of the assembly, subjeet to assembly appFeval. A ^ ti^- f . ^ ^ ....til.• delegate to the assembly, the FnanageF, OF the FnaYOF Fnay submit items to the GIeFk to be plaGed OR the agenda—Subject to provisions of subsection C of this section, no business may be transacted, nor any measure considered that is not on the agenda. The clerk shall prepare an agenda for each regular meeting_ ^"^- Gensulting • ith the mayer and manager. The agenda and it shall be distributed to assembly members, along with the meeting packet,, ^^�^^u^^u at least two days prior to the_F fegulameeting. Agendas will be available for the public not less than 24 hours prior to the meeting. C. Agenda Additions. An item that issubjeGt not on the regular meeting agenda may be considered only by unanimous consent, and when the time for its consideration arrives, the chair shall lay it before the assembly. D. Reading ofh4inutes. Unless a reading of the minutes of an assembly rneetiRg is requested by D. Submission of items. 1 . Two Assembly members may sponsor a work Session agenda item by filling out an agenda Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial, 11 pt, Not Italic item request form. Such request shall be scheduled within 30 days from submission of the Formatted: Font: (Default) Arial, 11 pt request form. 2. The mayor or two assembly members may sponsor ordinances, resolutions, or other items _ . Formatted: Font: Not Italic on the agenda by filling out an agenda item request form. The request shall be scheduled Formatted: Font: Not Italic as an item for discussion at a work session within 30 days from submission of the request form, and the majority of the Assembly shall develop consensus if and when the item should be scheduled on an agenda. within the scope of the performance of their duties. Section 3: That Section 2.30.070 Ordinances, resolutions, and motions of the Kodiak Island Borough Code of Ordinances is amended to read as follows: 2.30.070 Ordinances, FeSOMIGIRIS and motions. A An nrelon.,^^^ ^ ^.-^a -yad �n writing OR the fee - .^,I ti...l,^ rntil.. A8. The following procedure governs the enactment of all ordinances, except emergency ordinances which are specified in KIBC 2.30.075. 12. An ordinance shall be set by the assembly for a public hearing by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes authorized on the que6tieamo4on; Ordinance No. FY202N-NN Page 2 of 4 Formatted: List Paragraph, Add space between paragraphs of the same style, Numbered + Level: 1 + Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, ... + Start at: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indent at: 0.5" Formatted: Font: Not Bold Page 99 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... 87 88 89 1 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 1104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 1113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 AGENDA ITEM #2.d. 3. At least five days before the public hearing, a summary of the ordinance shall be published together with a notice of the date, time, and place for the hearing. At least six days shall lapse between introduction and final passage; 4. Copies of the ordinance or roll,,.;"nn shall be made available to all nnrsnns preen^' at the hearing, or the ordinance shall be read in full; 5. During the hearing, the assembly shall hear all interested persons wishing to be heard; 6. After the public hearing, the assembly shall consider the ordinance and may adopt it with or without amendment; 7. The clerkassembly shall print a copy of the ordinance for permanent retention..,�n'ake B6. An ordinance takes effect upon adoption or at a later date specified in the ordinance. C9. This section does not apply to an ordinance proposed under AS O4.11.507(d) relating to procedure for local option elections. and . els tmens and entered upen the nffininl r or l of theassembly. D. Voting. 1. All assembly members present shall vote unless the assembly for special reason permits a member to abstain, except no assembly member may vote on a que6tien motion in which he has a substantial financial interest. All motions to excuse a member shall be made before the call of '.ayes" and "noes" is commenced, and any member requesting to be excused from voting may make a brief statement of the reasons for making such a request, and the vote shall be taken without further debate. 2. If a member refuses to vote, the clerk shall record a vote for the prevailing side. The "prevailing side" is the side that carried the quesikN otion and is described as follows: a. If the quesiieamotion passed, having received the affirmative votes of the quorum, that is the prevailing side; or b. If the ques4enmotion failed, having not received the affirmative votes of the quorum, that is the prevailing side. 3. No member shall be allowed to explain his vote or discuss the question motion while the "ayes" and "noes' are being called_ -but A member may change his vote between the time of calling for the vote by the clerk and the announcement of the result by the chair or the clerk. The chair or the clerk shall ask if anyone wishes to change their vote. 4. The vote upon any quest enmotion shall be "ayes" and "noes" and shall be recorded in the- F-r-,Itd-Tb stops: 4.81 ", Left minute§-'OUFRal of the assembly. In the case where only six members of the assembly are present and there is a three/three tie vote of the assembly, the mayor may vote. No resolution, ordinance or motion before the assembly shall be valid unless affirmed oow^led by a majority of the votes to which of the assembly's entitled an the q-t-stion 6 Appinayal of n nh nr linnnnn ;h;;" r e the afFFinatiye vete of n MajeFity of the nleete.l FnembeFS of the thertgte f the Alaska lnckassembly, E6. Numbering Ordinances and Resolutions. A number shall be assigned to each ordinance or resolution by the clerk prior to introduction. Ordinance No. FY202N-NN Page 3 of 4 Page 100 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 1138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 F#. Ordinance and Resolution Passage Procedures. When passed by the assembly, an ordinance or resolution shall be signed by the mayor and be -attested by the clerk; and it shall be immediately filed and thereafter preserved in the office of the clerk. G1. Request for Ordin nn�^^� Ar Legal Opinions. Any FnembeF ^""e assembly may ^6"h^ Q Pf thmn,..i^^'I^n During a work session or a meeting, any two or more members of the assembly may request written legal opinions, relating to borough business, from the attorney through the manager's or the clerk's office. Upon receipt of assembly -requested prepased ^•^mann^ n' written legal opinion, the clerk shall forthwith cause to have distributed the subject ordinance or written legal opinion to all assembly members so that all members may be fully informed of the status of borough affairs. I Mmtmnnn 141nn n nlinn Ade and n Rded it shall be stated by the Ghai. n being i seconded. Effective Date: This ordinance takes effect upon adoption. ADOPTED BY THE ASSEMBLY OF THE KODIAK ISLAND BOROUGH THIS DAY OF 1202X KODIAK ISLAND BOROUGH Scott Arndt, Borough Mayor Introduced by: Mayor and Assembly First reading: Second reading/public hearing: VOTES: Ayes: Noes: Ordinance No. FY202N-NN ATTEST: Nova M. Javier, MMC, Borough Clerk Page 4 of 4 AGENDA ITEM #2.d. Page 101 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 AGENDA ITEM #2.d. CLEAN VERSION W/O TRACKING KODIAK ISLAND BOROUGH ORDINANCE NO. FY20XX-XX AN ORDINANCE OF THE ASSEMBLY OF THE KODIAK ISLAND BOROUGH AMENDING TITLE 2 ADMINISTRATION AND PERSONNEL, SECTION 2.30 RULES OF THE ASSEMBLY, SECTIONS 2.30.060 ORDER OF BUSINESS AND AGENDA, AND SECTION 2.30.070 ORDINANCES, RESOLUTIONS, AND MOTIONS TO UPDATE PROCESSES FOR AGENDA SETTING AND SUBMISSION OF ITEMS WHEREAS, this ordinance is submitted in order to update processes for agenda setting and submission of items. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE ASSEMBLY OF THE KODIAK ISLAND BOROUGH that: Section 1: This ordinance is of a general and permanent nature and shall become a part of the Kodiak Island Borough Code of Ordinances. Section 2: That Section 2.30.060 of the Kodiak Island Borough Code of Ordinances is amended to read as follows: 2.30.060 Order of business and agenda. A. Order of Business. The order of business for each regular meeting of the assembly shall be as follows: 1. Invocation. 2. Pledge of Allegiance. 3. Statement of land acknowledgment. 4. Roll call. 5. Approval of agenda and consent agenda. (Approval of consent agenda passes all items indicated. Consent agenda items are not considered separately unless an assembly member so requests. In the event of such request, the item is returned to the general agenda.) 6. Approval of minutes. 7. Citizens' comments. a. Agenda items not scheduled for public hearing and general comments. 8. Awards and presentations. 9. Committee reports. 10. Public hearing. 11. Borough manager's report. 12. Messages from the borough mayor. 13. Consideration of calendar — unfinished business. 14. Consideration of calendar — new business. a. Contracts. b. Resolutions. c. Ordinances for introduction. Ordinance No. FY202N-NN Page 1 of 4 Page 102 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 AGENDA ITEM #2.d. d. Other items. 15. Citizens' comments. 16. Assembly members' comments. 17. Adjournment. B. Agenda. The mayor, deputy presiding officer, or manager shall determine items for the agenda of the assembly. Subject to provisions of subsection C of this section, no business may be transacted, nor any measure considered that is not on the agenda. The clerk shall prepare an agenda for each meeting and it shall be distributed to assembly members, along with the meeting packet at least two days prior to the meeting. Agendas will be available for the public not less than 24 hours prior to the meeting. C. Agenda Additions. An item that is not on the regular meeting agenda maybe considered only by unanimous consent, and when the time for its consideration arrives, the chair shall lay it before the assembly. D. Submission of items. 1. Two assembly members may sponsor a work session agenda item by filling out an agenda item request form. Such request shall be scheduled within 30 days from submission of the request form. 2. The mayor or two assembly members may sponsor ordinances, resolutions, or other items on the agenda by filling out an agenda item request form. The request shall be scheduled as an item for discussion at a work session within 30 days from submission of the request form, and the majority of the Assembly shall develop consensus if and when the item should be scheduled on an agenda. 3. The borough manager and borough clerk may submit items that are routine in nature and within the scope of the performance of their duties. Section 3: That Section 2.30.070 Ordinances, resolutions, and motions of the Kodiak Island Borough Code of Ordinances is amended to read as follows: 2.30.070 Ordinances. A. The following procedure governs the enactment of all ordinances, except emergency ordinances which are specified in KIBC 2.30.075. 1. An ordinance shall be set by the assembly for a public hearing by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes authorized on the motion; 2. At least five days before the public hearing, a summary of the ordinance shall be published together with a notice of the date, time, and place for the hearing. At least six days shall lapse between introduction and final passage; 3. Copies of the ordinance shall be made available at the hearing, or the ordinance shall be read in full; 5. During the hearing, the assembly shall hear all interested persons wishing to be heard; 6. After the public hearing, the assembly shall consider the ordinance and may adopt it with or without amendment; 7. The clerk shall print a copy of the ordinance for permanent retention. B. An ordinance takes effect upon adoption or at a later date specified in the ordinance. Ordinance No. FY202N-NN Page 2 of 4 Page 103 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... AGENDA ITEM #2.d. 89 C. This section does not apply to an ordinance proposed under AS O4.11.507(d) relating to 90 procedure for local option elections. 91 D. Voting. 92 1. All assembly members present shall vote unless the assembly for special reason permits a 93 member to abstain, except no assembly member may vote on a motion in which he has a 94 substantial financial interest. All motions to excuse a member shall be made before the call of 95 "ayes" and "noes" is commenced, and any member requesting to be excused from voting may 96 make a brief statement of the reasons for making such a request, and the vote shall be taken 97 without further debate. 98 2. If a member refuses to vote, the clerk shall record a vote for the prevailing side. The "prevailing 99 side" is the side that carried the motion and is described as follows: 100 a. If the motion passed, having received the affirmative votes of the quorum, that is the prevailing 101 side; or 102 b. If the motion failed, having not received the affirmative votes of the quorum, that is the 103 prevailing side. 104 3. No member shall be allowed to explain his vote or discuss the motion while the "ayes" and 105 "noes" are being called. A member may change his vote between the time of calling for the vote 106 by the clerk and the announcement of the result by the chair or the clerk. The chair or the clerk 107 shall ask if anyone wishes to change their vote. 108 4. The vote upon any motion shall be "ayes" and "noes" and shall be recorded in the minutes of 109 the assembly. In the case where only six members of the assembly are present and there is a 110 three/three tie vote of the assembly, the mayor may vote. No resolution, ordinance or motion 111 before the assembly shall be valid unless affirmed by a majority vote of the assembly. 112 113 E. Numbering Ordinances and Resolutions. A number shall be assigned to each ordinance or 114 resolution by the clerk prior to introduction. 115 F. Ordinance and Resolution Passage Procedures. When passed by the assembly, an ordinance 116 or resolution shall be signed by the mayor and attested by the clerk; and it shall be immediately 117 filed and thereafter preserved in the office of the clerk. 118 G. Request for Legal Opinions. During a work session or a meeting, any two or more members 119 of the assembly may request written legal opinions, relating to borough business, from the 120 attorney through the manager's or the clerk's office. Upon receipt of assembly -requested written 121 legal opinion, the clerk shall forthwith cause to have distributed the subject ordinance or written 122 legal opinion to all assembly members so that all members may be fully informed of the status of 123 borough affairs. 124 125 Effective Date: This ordinance takes effect upon adoption. 126 127 ADOPTED BY THE ASSEMBLY OF THE KODIAK ISLAND BOROUGH 128 THIS DAY OF , 202X 129 130 KODIAK ISLAND BOROUGH 131 132 ATTEST: Ordinance No. FY202N-NN Page 3 of 4 Page 104 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... AGENDA ITEM #2.d. 133 134 Scott Arndt, Borough Mayor 135 Nova M. Javier, MMC, Borough Clerk 136 137 Introduced by: Mayor and Assembly 138 First reading: 139 Second reading/public hearing: 140 141 VOTES: 142 Ayes: 143 Noes: 144 145 146 Ordinance No. FY202N-NN Page 4 of 4 Page 105 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... Agenda Item Request Forms Tracking No. Requestor Submitted on Description Agenda Setting Scheduled on Comments 1 Turner 7/20/2023 Debate Time Limits 8/15/2023 12/21/2023 ADOPTED, VETOED 2 Turner 7/20/2023 KIBC 3.35.030 (D) Waiver may only be 8/15/2023 12/21/2023 To continue discussion at a ranted fora year later date 3 Sharratt 7/20/2023 Opening Borough owned lands to 8/15/2023 "'TBS auction 4 Turner 8/3/2023 Change of Agenda - Citizens Comments 8/15/2023, 09/06/2023 12/21/2023 Mayor would like to leave in room/on hone the format as -is Staff will need time to gather information. Waiting 5 Sharratt 8/10/2023 Limiting Air B&B 8/15/2023, 09/06/2023 2/29/2024 to see if there's going to be discussion at AML conference. 6 Sharratt 8/17/2023 Transfer Station & Requirements for 2/2/2024 2/29/2024 recycling 7 Sharratt 8/17/2023 Land Disposal with enhancement to local buyers 8 Griffin 8/21/2023 Hospital Facilities Repair and Renewal 2/2/2024 2/29/2024 AMENDED, ADOPTED 9 Griffin 8/21/2023 Manager's Spending Authority on 12/21/2023 Ordinance FY2024-13 from Enterprise Funds $25, 000 to $50, 000 10 Griffin 8/21/2023 Service Area Road Maintenance & Snow *TBS Removal Contracts Remove development of CIP from P&Z 11 Smiley 10/19/2023 Authority 10/31/2023 Introduction of ordinance to amend KIBC 12 Sharratt & Whiteside 11/9/2023 3.55.010 and 3.55.090 Pending recommendation 13 Sharratt 2/1/2024 Revision to KIBC 2.125.030 2/2/2024 02/08/2024 from ARB *TBS - To be Scheduled AGENDA ITEM #2.d. Kodiak Island Borough Assembly Agenda Item Request Form PLEASE FILL OUT AND RETURN TO THE CLERK Below Are The Adopted Powers Of The Kodiak Island Borough. Circle the adopted power your request falls under. Mandatory Powers of the Assembly: • Education • General Administration and Finance • Tax Assessment and Collection • Planning and Zoning • Adopted Powers of the Assembly: cr0r6 • Solid Waste Collection and Disposal (non-areawide/on road system) • Parks and Recreation (non-areawide/outside cities) • Economic Development (non-areawide/outside cities) • Animal Control (non-areawide/outside cities) • Fire Protection and First Responder Emergency Medical Services (service areas) • Emergency Services Planning e Road Maintenance and Construction (service areas) • Community Health (restricted . Street Lighting (service areas) areawide) Assembly Member: r Date Submitted: — r� Agenda Date Requested: 17/7 Meeting Type:( ) WS Q RM It is recommended that you turn in request at least a month prior to the meeting date requested. The Mayor retains discretion when to place items on the agenda per KIBC 2.60.060B. Description of the item you are requesting to have placed on the agenda. Please submit one form for each item and submit any applicable documents with this form. For Staff Use: �1/ Received date: L'IQl-'5✓ Distributed to: Mayor�DPO _ Manager Discussed at the agenda setting on: J I a Approved and scheduled on: WS Date: 12�.� (� RM Date: Notes: C:\Users\iarellano\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\INetCache\Content.Outlook\DTIFKJZT\Assembly Agenda Item Request Form Rev.docx Page 107 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... 25 ROBERT'S RULES OF ORDER NEWLY REVISED 38 9 he Consideration of a Main Motion: Basic Steps 4:29 4:25 Once a main motion has been brought before the assem- bly through the three steps described above, there are three further basic steps by which the motion is considered in the ordinary and simplest case (unless it is adopted by unanimous 4:30 consent, as explained in 4:58-63). These normal steps are as follows: 1) Members debate the motion (unless no member claims the floor for that purpose). 2) The chair puts the question (that is, puts it to a vote). 3) The chair announces the result of the vote. 4:26 In addition, while the motion is open to debate, the assem- 4:31 bly may wish to take a number of actions as a part of the mo- tion's consideration—which can themselves be the subject of certain parliamentary motions, as explained in 5 and 6. In the following description of the three principal steps in the con- sideration of a main motion, it is assumed that none of these other motions are introduced. 1.27 f:28 Debate on the Question. Immediately after stating the ques- tion, the chair turns toward the maker of the motion to see if he wishes to be assigned the floor first in debate—to which the maker has the right if he claims it before anyone else has been recognized, even though others may have risen and addressed the chair first. A member who desires to speak in debate must obtain the floor as described in 3:30-35. In assigning the floor, the chair follows the rules explained in the same paragraphs and in 42. In the debate each member has the right to speak twice on the same question on the same day, but cannot make a secon speech on the same question so long as any member who has not spoken on that question desires the floor. A member who has spoken twice on a particular question on the same day has exhausted his right to debate that question for that day. For procedures where greater freedom of debate is desired, see 15 and 52. 4:32 4:33 AGENDA ITEM #2.d. §4 THE HANDLING OF A MOTION 4:34 Without the permission of the assembly, no one can speak longer than permitted by the rules of the body—or, in a non- legislative assembly that has no rule of its own relating to the length of speeches, longer than ten minutes. Debate must be confined to the merits of the pending ques- tion. Speakers must address their remarks to the chair, maintain a courteous tone, and—especially in reference to any diver- gence of opinion—avoid injecting a personal note into debate. To this end, they must never attack or make any allusion to the motives of members. As already noted, speakers should refer to officers only by title and should avoid the mention of other members' names as much as possible. Except in committees and small boards, the presiding officer does not enter into discussion of the merits of pending questions (unless, in rare instances, he leaves the chair until the pending business has been disposed of, as described in 43:29-30). While members are speaking in debate, the presiding officer normally remains seated unless the view between him and the members would be obstructed. In the latter case, he should step back slightly while a member is speaking. Although the presiding offi- cer should give close attention to each speaker's remarks during debate, he cannot interrupt the person who has the floor so long as that person does not violate any of the assembly's rules and no disorder arises. The presiding officer must never interrupt a speaker simply because he knows more about the matter than the speaker does. The presiding officer cannot close debate so long as any member who has not exhausted his right to debate desires the floor, except by order of the assembly, which requires a two- thirds vote (15, 16, 43). (For additional rules and information related to debate, see 43.) 4:34 Putting the Question. When the debate appears to have closed, the chair may ask, "Are you ready for the question?" or "Is there any further debate?" If no one then rises to claim the Page 108 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... AGENDA ITEM #2.d. Kodiak Island Borough Code Page 1 of 2 2.30.020 General rules. D. Rules of Order. "Robert's Rules" of Order Current Edition" shall govern the proceedings of the assembly in all cases, unless they are in conflict with these rules. When such a conflict exists, this chapter prevails. 2.30.080 Debate. A. Decorum in Debate. When any assembly member is about to speak in debate or deliver any matter to the assembly, he shall address himself to the chair and, being recognized, confine himself to the question under debate. No assembly member shall impugn the motive of any assembly member's vote or argument and shall avoid personalities. An assembly member who is speaking may not be interrupted to make a motion, even one with high priority like the motion to adjourn. B. Order of Speaking. 1. The manager, a delegate to the assembly, or any assembly member, when desiring to speak at an assembly meeting, shall respectfully address the chair and shall refrain from speaking until recognized. 2. No assembly member can speak more than twice to each debatable motion, NEW LANGUAGE with a limit of five minutes per speech. The second time takes place after everyone wishing to debate the motion has had an opportunity to speak once. 3. When two or more persons request recognition at the same time, the chair shall determine which one shall speak first. C. Point of Order. If any assembly member, in speaking or otherwise, transgresses the rules of the assembly, the chair shall call him to order, or any other assembly member may rise to a point of order. The assembly member called to order shall immediately cease speaking and cease the action to which he was called to order. The chair or assembly member rising to point of order shall state the offense committed and the assembly member called to order shall then be heard in explanation or justification. The chair shall then rule on the point of order. Any assembly member may challenge a ruling of the chair and, if duly seconded, the chair's ruling shall not stand unless affirmed by a majority vote of the assembly. Page 109 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... AGENDA ITEM #2.d. Kodiak Island Borough Code Page 2 of 2 D. Private Conversations. When an assembly member is speaking, the assembly shall be in order and no private conversations shall be carried on. E. Recognition to Speak. No assembly member shall be recognized to speak on the same question a second time until every assembly member choosing to speak has spoken except the mover of the question, who may open and close the debate. The chair may take part in the discussion of any matter before the assembly. The chair may recognize a citizen to address the assembly upon request of an assembly member, unless objected to by two or more assembly members. Remarks by a citizen so recognized may relate only to a question before the body. [Ord. FY201 s -0s §21 2014; Ord. FY2014-20 §2, 2014; Ord. 98-02 §4,1998; Ord. 86-13-0(A) §3, 1986; Ord. 79-11-0, 1979. Formerly §2.17.080]. Page 110 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... AGENDA ITEM #2.d. Kodiak Island Borough Assembly Agenda Item Request Form PLEASE FILL OUT AND RETURN TO THE CLERK Below Are The Adopted Powers Of The Kodiak Island Borough. Circle the adopted power your request falls under. Mandatory Powers of the Assembly: . Solid Waste Collection and Disposal (non-areawide/on • Education road system) • Parks and Recreation (non-areawide/outside cities) • d Finance • Economic Development (non-areawide/outside cities) • Tax Assessment and Collection • Animal Control (non-areawideloutside cities) • Planning and Zoning • Fire Protection and First Responder Emergency • Adopted Powers of the Assembly: Medical Services (service areas) • Emergency Services Planning . Road Maintenance and Construction (service areas) • Community Health (restricted . Street Lighting (service areas) areawide) Assembly Member:—I'm arz.Rl�CT ? � Date Submitted: —j/ Agenda Date Requested:—y— equested:Meeting Type:( ) W ) RM A� It is recommended that you turn in request at least a month prior to the meeting date requested. The Mayor retains discretion when to place items on the agenda per KIBC 2.60.060B. Description of the item you are requesting to have placed on the agenda. Please submit one form for each item and submit any applicable documents with this form. Requested action of the Assembly: J W/ KC e LX � 0 AJ e, `t V� �{`/ � �l✓� yCIQ � �y � -7'0 ri12 (2 P Lt) For Staff Use: V a Received date: 7 a01 J Distributed : Mayor v DPO e/ Anger � Discussed at the agenda setting on: bl Approved and scheduled on: WS Date: 3' RM Date: Notes: C:\Users\iarellano\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\INetCache\Content.Outlook\DTJFKJZT\Assembly Agenda Item Request Form Rev.docx Page 111 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... AGENDA ITEM #2.d. Kodiak Island Borough Assembly Agenda Item Request Form PLEASE FILL OUT AND RETURN TO THE CLERK Below Are The Adopted Powers Of The Kodiak Island Borough. Circle the adopted power your request falls under. Mandatory Powers of the Assembly: . Solid Waste Collection and Disposal (non-areawide/on • Education road system) • General Administration and Finance • Parks and Recreation (non-areawide/outside cities) • Tax Assessment and Collection . Economic Development (non-areawide/outside cities) • Planning and Zoning • Animal Control (non-areawide/outside cities) • Fire Protection and First Responder Emergency • Adopted Powers of the Assembly: Medical Services (service areas) • Emergency Services Planning • Road Maintenance and Construction (service areas) • Community He Ith (restricted . Street Lighting (service areas) areawide) Assembly Member: AQe A Date Submitted: -7' ZO • 73 Agenda Date Requested: --7 2-7 '2-3 Meeting Type: 1,A WS ( ) RM It is recommended that you turn in request at least a month prior to the meeting date requested. The Mayor retains discretion when to place items on the agenda per KIBC 2.60.0608. Description of the item you are requesting to have placed on the agenda. Please submit one form for each item and submit any applicable documents with this form. 0y �,A_ Duj Ne -OD i A � a 'a,L i C A Requested action of the (�Assembly. ` (� 1, ( t ` 2 PYA � A Di 00SAI "TQC f— 1 c� p Wit i,C C�Svw� b� i For Staff Use: VAv Received date: 3 Distribbfuted t : Mayor t% DPO Manager Discussed at the agenda setting on: 6) �l 1 S P Approved and scheduled on: WS Date: RM Date: Notes: Ir -T C:\Users\iarellano\App Data\Local\Microsoft\Windows\INetCache\Content.Outlook\DTJFKJZT\Assembly Agenda Item Request Form Rev.docx Page 112 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... AGENDA ITEM #2.d. Kodiak Island Borough Assembly Agenda Item Request Form PLEASE FILL OUT AND RETURN TO THE CLERK Below Are The Adopted Powers Of The Kodiak Island Borough. Circle the adopted power your request falls under. Mandatory Powers of the Assembly: • Solid Waste Collection and Disposal (non-areawide/on • Education road system) • General Administration and Finance • Parks and Recreation (non-areawide/outside cities) • Tax Assessment and Collection • Economic Development (non-areawide/outside cities) • Planning and Zoning • Animal Control (non-areawide/outside cities) • Fire Protection and First Responder Emergency • Adopted Powers of the Assembly: Medical Services (service areas) • Emergency Services Planning . Road Maintenance and Construction (service areas) • Community Health (restricted . Street Lighting (service areas) areawide) Assembly Member: 114 hi je L -D — Date Submitted: Agenda Date Requested: Meeting Type: '�KIIVS RM It is recommended that you turn in request at least a month prior to the meeting date requested. The Mayor retains discretion when to place items on the agenda per K/BC 2.60.0608. f Description of the item you are requesting to have placed on the agenda. Please submit one form F for each item and submit any applicable documents with this form. C IJAat-� 6ar2A &1 iz E,J IAI T-00Jr} r-4-1 Requested action of the Assembly: For Staff Use: Received date: 4049`�3 Distributed to: Mayor '� DPO ✓ Manager Discussed at the agenda setting on: 0 g(1 S 6 ?2 Approved and scheduled on: WS Date: RM RM Date: Notes: C:\Users\iarellano\App Data\Local\Microsoft\Windows\INetCache\Content.Outlook\DTJFKJZT\Assembly Agenda Item Request Form Rev.docx Page 113 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... AGENDA ITEM #2.d. Kodiak Island Borough Assembly Agenda Item Request Form PLEASE FILL OUT AND RETURN TO THE CLERK Below Are The Adopted Powers Of The Kodiak Island Borough. Circle the adopted power your request falls under. Mandatory Powers of the Assembly: • Solid Waste Collection and Disposal (non-areawide/on • Education road system) • General Administration and Finance • Parks and Recreation (non-areawide/outside cities) • Tax Assessment and Collection • Economic Development (non-areawideloutside cities) • Animal Control (non-areawide/outside cities) • Planning and Zoning • Fire Protection and First Responder Emergency • Adopted Powers of the Assembly: Medical Services (service areas) • Emergency Services Planning • Road Maintenance and Construction (service areas) • Community Health (restricted . Street Lighting (service areas) areawide) ^� Assembly Member: Date Submitted: 8 ' k o ' 20 Z'-,� Agenda Date Requested: 7-3 Meeting Type:,K) WS ( ) RM It is recommended that you turn in request at least a month prior to the meeting date requested. The Mayor retains discretion when to place items on the agenda per KIBC 2.60.060B. Description of the item you are requesting to have placed on the agenda. Please submit one form for each item and submit any applicable documents with this form. �.�o` U�luoa9 Requested action of the Assembly: 1t ori `tvow QJi:� ��s A¢!L M�,iapa8.. A � n�ihb�Q, For Staff Use: j Received date: lO Ig3 Distributed to: Mayor ✓ DPO Manager Discussed at the agenda setting on: c(I I 1:1,L-2 Approved and scheduled on: WS Date: Oqh%-3 RM Date: Notes: C:\Users\iarellano\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\INetCache\Content.Outlook\DTIFKJZT\Assembly Agenda Item Request Form Rev.docx Page 114 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... AGENDA ITEM #2.d. Kodiak Island Borough Assembly Agenda Item Request Form PLEASE FILL OUT AND RETURN TO THE CLERK Below Are The Adopted Powers Of The Kodiak Island Borough. Circle the adopted power your request falls under. — ~- Mandatory Powers of the Assembly:•Solid Waste Collection and Disposal (non-areawide/on • Education road system • General Administration and Finance • Parks and Recreation (non-areawide/outside cities) • Tax Assessment and Collection • Economic Development (non-areawide/outside cities) • Planning and Zoning • Animal Control (non-areawide/outside cities) • Fire Protection and First Responder Emergency • Adopted Powers of the Assembly: Medical Services (service areas) • Emergency Services Planning . Road Maintenance and Construction (service areas) • Community Health (restricted . Street Lighting (service areas) areawide) ^� Assembly MemberDate Submitted: 8. t1 • 2.3 Agenda Date Requested: Meeting Type. -,N WS () RM It is recommended that you turn in request at least a month prior to the meeting date requested. The Mayor retains discretion when to place items on the agenda per K/BC 2.60.0608. fi Description of the item you are requesting to have placed on the agenda. Please submit one form for each item and submit any applicable documents with this form. --:\, %X-\ ftu-ss oR _2Q 9�,v kyJLm s Requested action of the Assembly: s�w� w at�c ' a a:zy� nt � e►.1i � oe�Aw�,, �a2 �, For Staff Use: Received date: 176-3 Distributed to: Mayor ✓DPO ✓ Manager Discussed at the agenda setting on: Approved and scheduled on: WS Date: RM Date: Notes: C:\Users\iarellano\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\INetCache\Content.Outlook\DTJFKJZT\Assembly Agenda Item Request Form Rev.docx Page 115 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... AGENDA ITEM #2.d. Kodiak Island Borough Assembly Agenda Item Request Form PLEASE FILL OUT AND RETURN TO THE CLERK ( Below Are The Adopted Powers Of The Kodiak Island Borough. Circle the adopted power your request falls under. Mandatory Powers of the Assembly: . Solid Waste Collection and Disposal (non-areawide/on • Education road system) • General Administration and Finance • Parks and Recreation (non-areawide/outside cities) • Tax Assessment and Collection • Economic Development (non-areawideloutside cities) • Animal Control (non-areawide/outside cities) • Planning and Zoning . Adopted Powers of the Assembly: • Fire Protection and First Responder Emergency p y: Medical Services (service areas) . Emergency Services Planning . Road Maintenance and Construction (service areas) • Community Health (restricted . Street Lighting (service areas) areawide) Assembly Member, NN 5�0,cmcT Date Submitted: 8. 11. 23 Agenda Date Requested: Meeting Type: �>) WS ( ) RM It is recommended that you turn in request at least a month prior to the meeting date requested. The Mayor retains discretion when to place items on the agenda per KIBC 2.60.0608. Description of the item you are requesting to have placed on the agenda. Please submit one form for each item and submit any applicable documents with this form. LA �s Nt w��k e�►�nt�a?.m�� o o c.�1 bu s Requested ((action of the Assembly: Z��13 . w�C ��A pRa Ci¢ 85 Cil L. f�Na7 Sh� S . For Staff Use: �1 v cel Received date: �� Y 3 Distributed to: Mayor DPO ✓ Manager Discussed at the agenda setting on: Approved and scheduled on: WS Date: RM Date: Notes: C:\Users\iarellano\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\INetCache\Content.Outlook\DTJFKJZT\Assembly Agenda Item Request Form Rev.docx Page 116 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... AGENDA ITEM #2.d. Page 117 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... Kodiak Island Borough Assembly Agenda Item Request Form PLEASE FILL OUT AND RETURN TO THE CLERK Below Are The Adopted Powers Of The Kodiak Island Borough. Circle the adopted power your request falls under. Mandatory Powers of the Assembly: • Solid Waste Collection and Disposal (non-areawide/on road system) • Education • General Administration and Finance • Parks and Recreation (non-areawide/outside cities) • Tax Assessment and Collection • Economic Development (non-areawide/outside cities) • Planning and Zoning • Animal Control (non-areawide/outside cities) • Fire Protection and First Responder Emergency • Adopted Powers of the Assembly: Medical Services (service areas) • Emergency Services Planning • Road Maintenance and Construction (service areas) [Community —"e lth_j (restricted e Street Lighting (service areas) area�vi[tej�— Assembly Member: a✓t-ol,tn Date Submitted: Agenda Date Requested: g/14 Meeting Type: (>� WS () RM It is recommended that you turn in request at least a month prior to the meeting date requested. The Mayor retains discretion when to place items on the agenda per KIBC 2.60.06013. Description of the item you are requesting to have placed on the agenda. Please submit one form for each item and submit any applicable documents with this form. ` _ �t�vu�-s.� a�-��+-�.,�.� � r�-�..: �— o�y�Q,„�...�-el,�� � Mta-•} Cwv��we..t'rrn.� Requested action of the Assembly: - UA,- @ - L v to � _ A .9 G.l a > r; k-, a- 12 s -r2 ,� �' , �u --� V k1- I VAL For Staff Use: Received date: fla3 Distributed to: Mayor '-� DPO Manager Discussed at the agenda setting on: Approved and scheduled on: WS Date: RM Date: Notes: C:\Users\iarellano\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\INetCache\Content.Outlook\DTIFKJZT\Assembly Agenda Item Request Form Rev.docx Page 117 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... AGENDA ITEM #2.d. Kodiak Island Borough Assembly Agenda Item Request Form PLEASE FILL OUT AND RETURN TO THE CLERK if Below Are The Adopted Powers Of The Kodiak Island Borough. Circle the adopted power your request falls under. Mandatory Powers of the Assembly: • Solid Waste Collection and Disposal (non-areawide/on • Education road system) �k • Parks and Recreation (non-areawide/outside cities) -�"general Adra rnstration and Finance- - - • Economic Development (non-areawide/outside cities) • Tax Assessment and Collection Planning and Zoning • Animal Control (non-areawide/outside cities) • • Fire Protection and First Responder Emergency • Adopted Powers of the Assembly: Medical Services (service areas) • Emergency Services Planning • Road Maintenance and Construction (service areas) • Community Health (restricted . Street Lighting (service areas) areawide) nrl Assembly Member: e d Date Submitted: 2l I Z Agenda Date Requested: ��'H' ? Meeting Type: (LJWS O RM It is recommended that you turn in request at least a month prior to the meeting date requested. The Mayor retains discretion when to place items on the agenda per KIBC 2.60.0608. Description of the item you are requesting to have placed on the agenda. Please submit one form for each item and submit any applicable documents with this form. MI-V\LY Requested action of the Assembly: .� { �} �� nA.>avZJ l0.alP S� Q,-^ \ w2�C Q v.� r f]M r�ktitir� For Staff Use: Received date: 1V/ Distributed to: Mayor DPO Manager Discussed at the agenda setting on: Approved and scheduled on: WS Date: RM Date: Notes: C:\Users\iarellano\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\INetCache\Content.Outlook\DTJFKJZT\Assembly Agenda Item Request Form Rev.docx Page 118 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... AGENDA ITEM #2.d. Kodiak Island Borough Assembly Agenda Item Request Form PLEASE FILL OUT AND RETURN TO THE CLERK Below Are The Adopted Powers Of The Kodiak Island Borough. Circle the adopted power your request falls under. Mandatory Powers of the Assembly: . Solid Waste Collection and Disposal (non-areawide/on • Education road system) • General Administration and Finance • Parks and Recreation (non-areawide/outside cities) • Tax Assessment and Collection • Economic Development (non-areawide/outside cities) • Planning and Zoning • Animal Control (non-areawide/outside cities) • Fire Protection and First Responder Emergency • Adopted Powers of the Assembly: Medical Services (service areas) • Emergency Services Planning • Road Maintenance and Construction service areas) • Community Health (restricted . Street Lighting (service areas) areawide) t (� Assembly Member: 3 tr 09"A� Date Submitted: i 2Uz Agenda Date Requested: � )ly a I,7 b Meeting Type: (Y) WS ( ) RM It is recommended that you turn in request at least a month prior to the meeting date requested. The Mayor retains discretion when to place items on the agenda per KIBC 2.60.0608. Description of the item you are requesting to have placed on the agenda. Please submit one form for each item and submit any applicable documents with this form. Lyc vv� �C-.t 4 C c.� 20,,9 4, Ig L. ev�w ct Q 2ov`� ac �3 Requested action of the Assembly: For Staff Use: a� Received date: V D ` �L� Distributed to: Mayor DPO Manager Discussed at the agenda setting on: Approved and scheduled on: WS Date: RM Date: Notes: C:\Users\iarellano\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\INetCache\Content.Outlook\DTJFKJZT\Assembly Agenda Item Request Form Rev.docx Page 119 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... AGENDA ITEM #2.d. IT Kodiak Island Borough Assembly Agenda Item Request Form PLEASE FILL OUT AND RETURN TO THE CLERK Below Are The Adopted Powers Of The Kodiak Island Borough. Circle the adopted power your request falls under. Mandatory Powers of the Assembly: • Solid Waste Collection and Disposal (non-areawide/on • Education road system) • General Administration and Finance • Parks and Recreation (non-areawide/outside cities) • Tax Assessment and Collection • Economic Development (non-areawide/outside cities) • Planning and Zoning • Animal Control (non-areawide/outside cities) • Fire Protection and First Responder Emergency • Adopted Powers of the Assembly: Medical Services (service areas) • Emergency Services Planning • Road Maintenance and Construction (service areas) • Community Health (restricted . Street Lighting (service areas) areawide) % Assembly Member: G�1J��Z /l4 Date Submitted: Agenda Date Requested: Meeting Type:( ) WS ( ) RM It is recommended that you turn in request at least a month prior to the meeting date requested. The Mayor retains discretion when to place items on the agenda per KIBC 2.60.0608. Description of the item you are requesting to have placed on the agenda. Please submit one form for each item and submit any applicable documents with this form. "D +/� ,q�t rd �eeu f l GLy1 q Requested action of the Assembly: U i } nmy For Staff Use: Received date: Distributed to: Mayor DPO Manager Discussed at the agenda setting on: Approved and scheduled on: WS Date: RM Date: Notes: C:\Users\iarellano\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\INetCache\Content.Outlook\DTIFKJZT\Assembly Agenda Item Request Form Rev.docx Page 120 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... AGENDA ITEM #2.d. Kodiak Island Borough Assembly Agenda Item Request Form PLEASE FILL OUT AND RETURN TO THE CLERK Below Are The Adopted Powers Of The Kodiak Island Borough. Circle the adopted power your request falls under. Mandatory Powers of the Assembly: • Solid Waste Collection and Disposal (non-areawide/on • Education road system) • General Administration and Finance • Parks and Recreation (non-areawide/outside cities) • Tax Assessment and Collection • Economic Development (non-areawide/outside cities) • Planning and Zoning • Animal Control (non-areawide/outside cities) • Fire Protection and First Responder Emergency • Adopted Powers of the Assembly: Medical Services (service areas) • Emergency Services Planning • Road Maintenance and Construction (service areas) • Community Health (restricted • Street Lighting (service areas) areawide) Assembly Member: Bo Whiteside, Ryan Sharratt. Date Submitted: 11/9/23 Agenda Date Requested: 12/14/23 Meeting Type: (F)NS ORM It is recommended that you turn in request at least a month prior to the meeting date requested. The Mayor retains discretion when to place items on the agenda per KIBC 2.60.0608. Description of the item you are requesting to have placed on the agenda. Please submit one form for each item and submit any applicable documents with this form. Introduction of ordinace to amend KIBC 3.55.010 and 3.55.090. Requested action of the Assembly: Discuss and vote to reject or adopt. For Staff Use: Received date: Distributed to: Mayor DPO Manager Discussed at the agenda setting on: Approved and scheduled on: WS Date: RM Date: Notes: \\dove\borough\CL\BC-05 - ASSEMBLY AGENDA PACKETS\Assembly and Public Agenda Request Forms\Assembly Agenda Item Request Form Rev.docx Page 121 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... AGENDA ITEM #2.d. 3 Kodiak Island Borough Assembly Agenda Item Request Form PLEASE FILL OUT AND RETURN TO THE CLERK Below Are The Adopted Powers Of The Kodiak Island Borough. Circle the adopted power your request falls under. Mandatory Powers of the Assembly: • Solid Waste Collection and Disposal (non-areawide/on • Education road system) • General Administration and Finance • Parks and Recreation (non-areawide/outside cities) • Tax Assessment and Collection • Economic Development (non-areawide/outside cities) • Planning and Zoning • Animal Control (non-areawide/outside cities) • Adopted Powers of the Assembly: • Fire Protection and First Responder Emergency Medical Services (service areas) • Emergency Services Planning • Road Maintenance and Construction (service areas) • Community Health (restricted • Street Lighting (service areas) areawide) Assembly Member: s KQ-Mm1N- Date Submitted: Z I 202-7 Agenda Date Requested: AS kP Meeting Type: AA WS ( ) RM It is recommended that you turn in request at least a month prior to the meeting date requested. The Mayor retains discretion when to place items on the agenda per KIBC 2.60.0608. Description of the item you are requesting to have placed on the agenda. Please submit one form for each item and submit any applicable documents with this form. RtvtcbION T K I BC 2-125. o$O - 5E E P rTAC E.D . Requested action of the Assembly: D15cUS-5 AnWJ MOVE 2EG0r^MFAAChNTt0a1 TO 2E&ULAC rAffX-'6Mt ('-cit- A V01M, For Staff Use: Received date: Z,) , ZriaY Distributed to: Mayor I Z�/DPO 22 i W Manager_ Discussed at the agenda setting on: 2, -Z - -z- if Approved and scheduled on: WS Date: 2-_�/•c RM Date: iu1A Notes: C:\Users\iarellano\AppData\Local\Microsoft\Windows\INetCache\Content.Outlook\DTJFKJZT\Assembly Agenda Item Request Form Rev.docx Page 122 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... AGENDA ITEM #2.d. Kodiak Island Borough Architectural/Engineering Review Board (KIB-ARB) Proposed Code Revision KIBC 2.125.030 Seven members of the board shall be residents and qualified voters of the borough and shall have an interest and a wide range of experience in engineering, architecture, building, plumbing, roofing, electrical installation, and other related fields involving the building business. The manager, appointed assembly member representative, school district superintendent, or their designees, and a school board representative as well as the City of Kodiak Manager, or their designees shall be nonvoting ex officio members of the board and may participate in all discussions. [Ord. FY2013-08 §2, 2013; Ord. 98-02 §8, 1998; Ord. 95-03 §2, 1995; Ord. 87-33-0 §2, 1987. Formerly §2.45.030]. KIBC 2.125.040 The board is empowered to: A. Review all architectural and engineering proposals and design drawings for borough -owned buildings and publicly funded projects above the Kodiak Island Borough Managers spending authority, evaluate and propose improvements to specifications and drawings, and conduct evaluations and interviews evaluate of proposed architects and engineers and #erward a with recommendations to the Assembly. A plan review schedule shall be established with the architect, which takes into consideration the limited building season available in Kodiak; B. Evaluate all comments, suggestions, and recommendations from the building administration on proposals for borough and other publicly funded buildings and forward written comments to the assembly; C. Hold a public meeting before presenting the final recommendation to the assembly; D. Forward final recommendations to the assembly; E. Receive notice of all change orders that are executed on building projects within fifteen calendar days. The board shall review all changes to borough -owned buildings and publicly funded projects for the purpose of possible inclusion in future building projects; and F. Evaluate completed projects, prior to the one-year warranty inspection, on the basis of quality of workmanship, cost of project relative to its original budget, and performance of the architect and the general contractor to prepare a written report for presentation to the assembly. [Ord. 97-20 §2, 1997; Ord. 95-03 §2, 1995; Ord. 87-33-0 §2, 1987. Formerly §2.45.040]. Page 123 of 162 Discussion Of An Ordinance To Update Processes For Agenda Setting And Su... AGENDA ITEM #2.e. KODIAK ISLAND BOROUGH STAFF REPORT FEBRUARY 29, 2024 4 ' x ASSEMBLY WORK SESSION SUBJECT: Discuss Pacific Seafood Processors Association's (PSPA) Request For A Resolution To Support Efforts To Improve Competitiveness And Resilience Of The Alaska Seafood Industry ORIGINATOR: Aimee Williams, Borough Manager RECOMMENDATION: For assembly review and discussion. DISCUSSION: This item was requested by the Pacific Seafood Processors Association's (PSPA). After discussion, the Assembly may direct staff to draft a supporting resolution to place at the next regular meeting for adoption. Attached is a DRAFT sample of the resolution of support requested for consideration. ALTERNATIVES: FISCAL IMPACT: OTHER INFORMATION: Kodiak Island Borough Discuss Pacific Seafood Processors Association's (PSPA) Request For A Re... Page 124 of 162 AGENDA ITEM #2.e. From: Julie Ann Decker To: Clerks; Aimee Williams Cc: Julie Ann Decker; Nicole Kimball Subject: action to support Alaska seafood industry Date: Friday, December 22, 2023 9:14:16 AM Attachments: Status of the AK seafood industry 2023-12-22 FINAL APPROVED.Ddf PSPA position to improve global seafood competitivness and resilience of the Alaska Seafood Industry 2023- 10TDdf UFA 2024 Policy Platform 2023-10-24.pdf Resolution - Alaska Seafood Competitiveness - DRAFT 2023-12-19.docx Dear Mayor Arndt and Manager Williams, I am sure you are aware of the challenges facing the Alaska seafood industry right now and know more than anyone how it is negatively impacting Kodiak. The Pacific Seafood Processors Association (PSPA) is working with a variety of stakeholders to provide information and actions at the federal government that can help turn things around. United Fishermen of Alaska (UFA) has a similar policy platform. I have attached the following documents, for your information and use: • Status of the Alaska Seafood Industry— Summary of the problem and federal government solutions • PSPA Position to Improve Global Competitiveness and Resilience in the Alaska Seafood Industry • UFA National Policy Platform • Resolution - DRAFT Please consider sending a resolution (draft attached) or letter supporting the federal actions outlined in the attached positions to the Alaska Congressional Delegation and Governor Dunleavy. I'd be glad to touch base by phone as we work through this and to better understand your immediate concerns, so please feel free to call or email me. I will be working through the holidays. Julie Decker, President Pacific Seafood Processors Association (PSPA) Cell: 907-305-0586 iuliedl@pspafish.net 1514k PACIFIC SEAFOOD n W4S9f4aS FW}4Nn4�+ Page 125 of 162 Discuss Pacific Seafood Processors Association's (PSPA) Request For A Re... AGENDA ITEM #2.e. P SPA PACIFIC SEAFOOD PROCESSORS ASSOCIATION 2023: A perfect storm of economic circumstances hits Alaska seafood Many coastal communities in Alaska depend on Alaska seafood for food security and for an economic foundation that sustains their economies. Often, the health of the Alaska seafood industry and the health of these communities are interdependent. In 2023, the culmination of multiple economic factors has created dire economic conditions, resulting in a free -fall of seafood prices, millions of dollars in losses and, in some cases, processors had to stop buying fish to reduce further losses. Experts estimate the state and its coastal communities lost $2 billion in 2023: $1 billion in lost first wholesale revenues and $1 billion in decreased spending on vessels and facilities. Fishermen and processors have borne the brunt of these impacts to date. With conditions unlikely to notably improve in 2024, the effects will continue to affect communities and more businesses and residents across the state. The Alaska seafood industry is facing economic conditions unlike any since the collapse of salmon value in the 1990s, except this time, it is across multiple species. The higher standards in the U.S., for fisheries management, environmental and social considerations, and worker safety, mean it costs more to produce seafood compared to countries with lower standards. In Alaska, those costs are even higher due to the remote location of most of the fisheries and processing operations. These safeguards help keep our fisheries sustainable and ethical, yet, we face an uneven playing field from countries that harvest seafood without similar regulatory costs. Today's problems are a result of the confluence of at least a dozen global and national economic factors occurring simultaneously, a few of which include: 1) Increased costs • Total statewide wages for seafood processing workers increased 30% from 2021 to 2022. They had previously doubled from 2002 to 2020. • Operational costs for fishermen and processors increased due to historically high inflation in 2021 and 2022. • Shipping costs increased between 113% and 1000%, depending on route, 2020 to 2022. • Supply chain of custody costs to ensure the sustainability and social responsibility of US fisheries mainly due to other 'bad actors', such as China • Cost of compliance with U.S. environmental standards relative to other countries 2) Excess inventories of several abundant species harvested in Alaska and other countries in 2022 and 2023, including sockeye and pink salmon, sablefish, and pollock, which will likely continue into 2024. 3) Decreasing demand as consumers react to inflation and post-COVID conditions www.pspafish.net ANCHORAGE JUNEAU SEATTLE WASHINGTON DC 721 W. 1st Avenue 222 Seward Street 1900 W. Emerson Place 20 F Street NW Suite 100 Suite 200 Suite 205 Floor 7 Anchorage, AK 99501 Juneau, AK 99801 Seattle, WA 98119 Washington, DC 20001 907 223 1648 907 586 6366 206 281 1667 202 431 7220 Page 126 of 162 Discuss Pacific Seafood Processors Association's (PSPA) Request For A Re... AGENDA ITEM #2.e. 4) Russian war on Ukraine, leading Russia to sell seafood on the global market at historically low prices in 2023 to secure cash, lowering seafood value overall 5) Unfair trade policy, including key trade relationships that reduce the value of Alaska seafood relative to other countries with lower tariffs. This includes Russia's 2014 ban on importing US seafood into Russia, while Russia exports its seafood to the U.S. via China Clearly, there's much that must be done to stabilize Alaska's seafood industry, beginning with good information about the problems we are facing today. That's why the Board of the Alaska Seafood Marketing Institute explained the "extraordinary circumstances" from a market perspective, and the United Fishermen of Alaska hosted and recorded a webinar with seafood processors to discuss the current challenges of seafood markets. While many must take measures to survive, we need to look beyond today and toward a future in which everyone thrives. Alaskans need to create a public dialogue about the problem and the solutions in Alaska's fishing communities, Juneau, and Washington DC. At the federal government level, PSPA has identified several changes that would help: 1. Improve and expand existing agency functions that support US seafood, including: • Improve coordination and collaboration across multiple federal agencies that affect the economic viability of Alaska seafood via the implementation plan for NOAA's National Seafood Strategy • Include seafood in USDA Foreign Agricultural Service trade missions • Increase government purchases of Alaska seafood • Improve government policies to assist in recapitalization, vessel construction, tax structures, workforce accessibility, energy, and infrastructure • Increase government funding for new product development, testing, promotion, and marketing of US produced seafood 2. Integrate US seafood production into national food policy strategies and USDA programs designed to support domestic food production, including: • Create an Office of Seafood Policy and Program Integration within USDA to fully integrate US seafood into USDA policy strategies and programs • Expand eligibility of USDA low-interest loans or loan guarantees to fishermen and processors • Fully integrate seafood and seafood nutritional guidance into national strategies for improving public health and nutrition 3. Restore fairness and reciprocity for international trade in U.S. seafood products, including: • Embed seafood expertise and leadership in the office of the U.S. Trade Representative to elevate seafood in trade agreements • Improve trade policy via USTR and other agencies to create a more reciprocal tariff structure for seafood exports and imports • Develop more effective tools, like harvest certificates, for monitoring supply chain traceability and deterring Illegal, Unreported, and Unregulated (IUU) fishing • Resolve the unbalanced and unfair seafood trade relationship between Russia and the U.S., including support for the Alaska delegation's efforts to block imports of Russian seafood processed in China or other countries Page 127 of 162 Discuss Pacific Seafood Processors Association's (PSPA) Request For A Re... AGENDA ITEM #2.e. PSPA PACIFIC SEAFOOD PROCESSORS ASSOCIATION PSPA Position to Improve Global Competitiveness and Resilience of the Alaska Seafood Industry October 2023 Alaska seafood currently faces exceptional national and international challenges including trade policy and non -reciprocal tariffs that favor other nations, high global supply and existing unsold inventory for salmon and whitefish throughout the entire supply chain, high relative costs due to inflation and other factors, reduced consumer demand post -pandemic, and foreign seafood competitors that are less regulated, less sustainable, and have lower operating costs than domestic seafood producers. These global market factors directly affect the value of Alaska seafood, whether it is sold in the U.S. or exported. The recent confluence of events has lowered the value of commercial seafood across the nation, including for Alaska, and resulted in market collapse. While some challenging market conditions will improve over time, the need for federal governmental agency leadership and collaboration (Department of Commerce/NOAA, USDA, USTR, FDA) to recognize, elevate, and support the domestic seafood industry is necessary to improve our overall competitiveness and resilience, as is the need to fully maintain core data collection efforts that form the foundation of the management structure. The Alaska seafood industry is made up of thousands of small and independent fishermen businesses, processing businesses, support businesses including transportation, brokers, buyers, and marketing for consumer/retail markets, and rural coastal communities (many of which are not accessible by road). Their well-being, as well as Alaska's economy, depends on the competitiveness and resilience of the entire Alaska seafood supply chain. Alaska produces approximately S billion pounds of sustainable seafood every year — more than 60% of U.S. harvested seafood — and is dependent on access to both U.S. markets and export markets to be viable. Improving the global competitiveness of Alaska's seafood benefits the entire seafood industry: harvesters, processors, support businesses, communities, and the state of Alaska. Seafood is not currently integrated into many USDA policies or programs designed to ensure domestic food security, supply chain integrity, and support for harvesting and processing businesses, at the same level as terrestrial sources of protein. At the same time, the USDA's Dietary Guidelines for Americans and the Food and Drug Administration's Seafood Consumption Advice recommend increased fish consumption for a healthy diet, especially for pregnant women and children, yet domestic consumption remains less than half of the recommended levels for adults and significantly below the nutritional guidelines recommended for school -aged children via the National School Lunch Program. At the international level, the lack of domestic seafood recognition in U.S. trade policy objectives and priorities results in non -reciprocal trade relationships and market conditions that reduce the value of Alaska seafood relative to seafood -producing competitors in other countries with lower tariffs. While Alaska has absorbed significant costs in adhering to sustainable fisheries management requirements and building responsible supply chain management practices, Alaska seafood has incurred significant losses in export markets, undermining years of investment and making it increasingly difficult to rebuild a competitive position in global seafood markets. www.pspafish.net ANCHORAGE JUNEAU SEATTLE WASHINGTON DC 721 W. 1st Avenue 222 Seward Street 1900 W. Emerson Place 20 F Street NW Suite 100 Suite 200 Suite 20S Floor 7 Anchorage, AK 99501 Juneau, AK 99801 Seattle, WA 98119 Washington, DC 20001 907 223 1648 907 586 6366 206 281 1667 202 4317220 Page 128 of 162 Discuss Pacific Seafood Processors Association's (PSPA) Request For A Re... AGENDA ITEM #2.e. PSPA and its member processors support efforts of the federal government to: 1. Improve and expand existing agency functions that support US seafood, including: • Strengthen government planning for and execution of fisheries science and management, especially as needed to improve our understanding of and response to climate impacts on living marine resources • Improve coordination and collaboration across multiple federal governmental agencies that affect the economic viability of Alaska seafood via the implementation plan for NOAA's National Seafood Strategy and Chapter 9 of the Trade Promotion Coordinating Committee's 2023 National Export Strategy • Expand use of USDA Foreign Agricultural Service trade missions and other export market development assistance to include seafood • Improve the efficacy (e.g., timing, scope) of and maintain or increase the use of government purchasing programs for Alaska produced seafood • Improve the utility and applicability of governmental policies on recapitalization, vessel construction, tax structures, workforce accessibility, energy, and infrastructure • Increase government funding for new product development, testing, promotion, and marketing of US produced seafood Integrate US seafood production into national food policy strategies and USDA programs designed to support domestic food production, including: • Create an Office of Seafood Policy and Program Integration within USDA to fully integrate US seafood into USDA policy strategies and programs designed to ensure domestic food security, supply chain integrity, and support for harvesting and processing businesses, similar to other terrestrial sources of protein; coordinate USDA seafood support programs with seafood -related programs of other agencies; and provide a point of entry for seafood producers to more effectively engage with USDA • Increase re -investment in US seafood producers and related support businesses via expanding eligibility of USDA low-interest loans or loan guarantees to fishermen and processors • Fully integrate seafood and seafood nutritional guidance into national strategies for improving public health and nutrition Restore fairness and reciprocity for international trade in U.S. seafood products, including: • Embed and improve seafood expertise and leadership in the office of the U.S. Trade Representative to coordinate seafood trade objectives among USTR offices, coordinate USTR seafood trade programs with seafood efforts of other agencies, and provide a point of entry for seafood producers to more effectively engage with USTR • Improve trade policy via USTR and other agencies to create a more reciprocal tariff structure for seafood exports and imports, reduce burden and risk associated with non -tariff barriers, and develop more effective tools for monitoring supply chain traceability and deterring Illegal, Unreported, and Unregulated (IUU) fishing • Resolve the unbalanced and unfair seafood trade relationship between Russia and the United States Page 129 of 162 Discuss Pacific Seafood Processors Association's (PSPA) Request For A Re... AGENDA ITEM #2.e. UNITED FISHERMEN 4F ALASKA Mailing Address: P.O. Box 20229, Juneau AK 99802-0229 Phone: (907) 586-2820 OTE E-mail: ufa@ufa-fish.org Website: www.ufa-fish.org 2024 UFA National Policy Platform United Fishermen of Alaska (UFA) represents 37 commercial fishing organizations participating in fisheries throughout the state and the federal fisheries off Alaska's coast. UFA's mission is to promote and protect the common interest of Alaska's commercial fishing industry as a vital component ofAlaska's social and economic well-being. Alaska seafood represents more than 60% of all seafood harvested in the U.S. and is a critical part of domestic food production, as well as export markets in about 100 countries worldwide. Alaska seafood is subject to global market factors that directly affect its value, whether it is sold in the U.S. or exported. Alaska seafood currently faces exceptional national and global challenges including (1) trade policy and non -reciprocal tariffs that favor other nations, (2) high levels of supply and current inventory, (3) high operational costs and inflation, (4) reduced consumer demand, (5) and global competitors that are subject to less regulations with lower operating costs, but are also less sustainable than domestic seafood harvesters and processors. These challenges affect the economic viability of harvesting and processing businesses, and our local communities that are dependent on seafood commerce and fish landing taxes across the state of Alaska. United Fishermen of Alaska (UFA) supports efforts to improve global competitiveness and resilience of the Alaska commercial seafood industry (including harvesters, processors, support businesses, communities and the state ofAlaska). Achieving global competitiveness and resilience for U.S. seafood requires a multi -pronged approach across multiple government offices. For example, NOAA is currently creating an implementation plan for the National Seafood Strategy which necessitates collaboration across multiple national agencies that affect the viability of Alaska seafood. The Federal government's Trade Promotion Coordinating Committee issued the 2023 National Export Strategy that includes a chapter on Seafood Industries and highlights forthcoming efforts to improve interagency coordination and global market competitiveness for domestic seafood producers. To further coordinate and move that effort forward we strongly advocate for the creation of an Office of Seafood Policy and Program Integration within USDA. In addition, we identify the following as UFA's National Policy statements. Page 130 of 162 Discuss Pacific Seafood Processors Association's (PSPA) Request For A Re... AGENDA ITEM #2.e. 1. Alaska seafood is a valuable component of national food security, health, and commerce. Wild seafood from Alaska is responsibly harvested, and one of the best sources of essential nutrients. In Alaska we are incredibly proud of our sustainably managed commercial fisheries, and believe our sustainability distinguishes us from many foreign competitors. This message should continue to be pushed out to the American public to encourage more domestic consumption of U.S. seafood. Seafood is nutritious, but Americans don't eat enough of it. UFA supports integrating seafood into national strategies for improving public health and nutrition. Updated guidance from the FDA recommends increased fish consumption for a healthy diet, especially for pregnant women and children. Current Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommend two to three servings of healthy seafood a week per person, yet domestic consumption rates remain less than half that level. The Government Accountability Office issued a 2022 report finding that nutritional guidelines recommend school -aged children receive between four and ten ounces of seafood -ger week, but the National School Lunch Program only delivers about three ounces of seafoodep r ,year to these students. 2. Integrate seafood into USDA policy strategies/programs and increase USDA Section 32 purchases of Alaska seafood. UFA advocates for integrating seafood into U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) policies and programs to help ensure domestic food security, supply chain integrity, and provide support for harvesting and processing businesses - similar to that already available to other domestic protein sources. The lack of recognition for domestic seafood in U.S. trade policy objectives and priorities results in market conditions that reduce the value of Alaska seafood and accessibility to global markets. This creates an unlevel playing field that harms domestically harvested Alaska seafood. As a way to help level the playing field UFA appreciates and encourages increasing government purchases of Alaska seafood, e.g., Section 32 purchases. UFA also suggests increased re- investment in US seafood via USDA low-interest loans and loan guarantees for fishermen and processors, and expansion of USDA Foreign Agricultural Service trade missions and other export market development assistance to include seafood. 3. Ensure U.S. seafood trade policies and strategies best support the seafood industry. UFA seeks improved trade policy work through the United States Trade Representative (USTR) in order to create a more level playing field for Alaska seafood. We see the positive pattern in day-to-day trade policy formulation and implementation where USTR works hand -in -glove with USDA on agricultural trade. However, there is no comparable process on seafood within the Department of Commerce. We encourage expanding USTR's focus on seafood, including adding additional seafood expertise, in order to develop effective policy positions to help Alaska seafood trade. Our members also strongly support resolving the unbalanced and unfair seafood trade relationship that allows Russian -harvested seafood to continue to enter the U.S. duty free due to its "substantial transformation" in third -party countries, usually China. UFA 2024 National Policy Platform Page 2 of 3 Page 131 of 162 Discuss Pacific Seafood Processors Association's (PSPA) Request For A Re... AGENDA ITEM #2.e. 4. Increase investment to improve and update domestic infrastructure for U.S. seafood. Alaska is a commercial fishing powerhouse, but even it has aging fishing fleets and processing facilities. Our seafood industry would greatly benefit from investments to modernize our seafood infrastructure. Modernizing and replacing commercial fishing vessels would increase efficiency and safety on the water, while modernizing processing facilities would increase efficiency while creating opportunities for more value -add processing in the U.S. Concerted effort to bring more seafood processing back to the U.S., rather than continuing to ship product overseas, will create a tremendous opportunity for U.S. seafood. Updating seafood industry infrastructure will benefit our coastal fishing communities, and increase local and national food security by eliminating the need to ship product overseas. UFA also supports government policies that reduce our domestic operating costs, including policies on recapitalization, vessel construction, tax structures, workforce accessibility, and energy. 5. Fully funded fisheries science/management and industry promotion & marketing grants. Core fishery surveys provide necessary information that underpins our entire science -based management system. Existing core surveys must continue, and NOAA should consider expanding what is considered core to account for rapidly changing ocean conditions and shifting fish stocks (for example, adding regular surveys in the Northern Bering Sea or increasing surveys in the Gulf of Alaska to occur annually). In addition, UFA advocates for increased funding to the Saltonstall- Kennedy (SK) Fund, which currently derives funding from 30% of duties collected on imported marine products. The SK act provides that 60% [of the 30%] go to the SK grant program to promote and develop US -produced seafood, however, less than 5% is currently used to fund the SK grant program. UFA supports increasing federal funding for new product development, testing, promotion, and marketing of US produced seafood through Saltonstall Kennedy Funds, provided federal funding for fisheries science and management is not compromised. UFA 2024 National Policy Platform Page 3 of 3 Page 132 of 162 Discuss Pacific Seafood Processors Association's (PSPA) Request For A Re... AGENDA ITEM #2.e. DRAFT Resolution to Support Efforts to Improve Competitiveness and Resilience of the Alaska Seafood Industry WHEREAS, efforts to improve global competitiveness of Alaska commercial seafood have benefits to the entire seafood industry, including harvesters, processors, and support businesses, as well as communities and the state of Alaska; and WHEREAS, Alaska seafood comprises more than 60% of U.S. harvested seafood and is a critical part of food production for the United States; and WHEREAS, Alaska seafood is also exported to about 100 countries; and WHEREAS, Alaska seafood is subject to global market factors directly affecting its value, whether it is sold in the U.S. or exported; and WHEREAS, Alaska seafood currently faces exceptional national and global challenges including trade policy and non -reciprocal tariffs that favor other nations, high supply/inventory, high costs/inflation, reduced consumer demand, and global competitors that are less regulated, less sustainable, and/or have lower operating costs than domestic seafood producers; and WHEREAS, these challenges affect the economic viability of fishermen, processors, and local communities dependent on fish landing taxes across the state of Alaska, and WHEREAS, seafood is not fully integrated into USDA policies or programs designed to ensure domestic food security, supply chain integrity, and support for harvesting and processing businesses similar to other domestic protein sources; and WHEREAS, the lack of domestic seafood recognition in U.S. trade policy objectives and priorities results in market conditions that reduce the value of Alaska seafood and accessibility to global markets, and creates an unlevel playing field; and WHEREAS, current Dietary Guidelines for Americans recommend two to three servings of healthy seafood a week per person, yet domestic consumption rates remain less than half that level; and WHEREAS, the Government Accountability Office issued a 2022 report finding that while nutritional guidelines recommend school -aged children receive between four and ten ounces of seafood per week, the National School Lunch Program only delivers roughly three ounces of seafood per year to these students; and WHEREAS, 30% of duties collected on imported marine products is deposited into the Saltonstall- Kennedy (SK) Fund, 60% of which by law is designated to fund the SK grant program to promote and develop US -produced seafood, yet less than 5% is used to fund the SK grant program; and WHEREAS, NOAA is currently creating an implementation plan for the National Seafood Strategy which necessitates collaboration across multiple national agencies that affect the viability of Alaska seafood; and Page 133 of 162 Discuss Pacific Seafood Processors Association's (PSPA) Request For A Re... AGENDA ITEM #2.e. WHEREAS, the Federal government's Trade Promotion Coordinating Committee issued the 2023 National Export Strategy that includes a chapter on Seafood Industries, highlighting forthcoming efforts to improve interagency coordination and global market competitiveness for domestic seafood producers; NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED THAT XXX supports efforts by the federal government to: Improve and expand existing agency functions that support US seafood, including: • Improve coordination and collaboration across multiple federal governmental agencies that affect the economic viability of Alaska seafood via the implementation plan for NOAA's National Seafood Strategy and Chapter 9 of the Trade Promotion Coordinating Committee's 2023 National Export Strategy • Expand use of USDA Foreign Agricultural Service trade missions and other export market development assistance to include seafood • Improve the efficacy (e.g., timing, scope) of and maintain or increase the use of government purchasing programs for Alaska produced seafood • Improve the utility and applicability of governmental policies on recapitalization, vessel construction, tax structures, workforce accessibility, energy, and infrastructure • Increase government funding for new product development, testing, promotion, and marketing of US produced seafood (e.g., NOAA's Saltonstall-Kennedy grant program) • Strengthen government planning for and execution of fisheries science and management, especially as needed to improve our understanding of and response to climate impacts on living marine resources Integrate US seafood production into national food policy strategies and USDA programs designed to support domestic food production, including: • Create an Office of Seafood Policy and Program Integration within USDA to fully integrate US seafood into USDA policy strategies and programs designed to ensure domestic food security, supply chain integrity, and support for harvesting and processing businesses, similar to other terrestrial sources of protein; coordinate USDA seafood support programs with seafood -related programs of other agencies; and provide a point of entry for seafood producers to more effectively engage with USDA Increase re -investment in US seafood producers and related support businesses via expanding eligibility of USDA low-interest loans or loan guarantees to fishermen and processors Fully integrate seafood and seafood nutritional guidance into national strategies for improving public health and nutrition Restore fairness and reciprocity for international trade in U.S. seafood products, including: • Embed and improve seafood expertise and leadership in the office of the U.S. Trade Representative (USTR) to coordinate seafood trade objectives among USTR offices, coordinate USTR seafood trade programs with seafood efforts of other agencies, and provide a point of entry for seafood producers to more effectively engage with USTR • Improve trade policy via USTR and other agencies to create a more reciprocal tariff structure for seafood exports and imports, reduce burden and risk associated with non -tariff barriers, and develop more effective tools for monitoring supply chain traceability and deterring Illegal, Unreported, and Unregulated (IUU) fishing • Resolve the unbalanced and unfair seafood trade relationship between Russia and the United States Cc: names Page 134 of 162 Discuss Pacific Seafood Processors Association's (PSPA) Request For A Re... AGENDA ITEM #4.a. Kodiak Island Borough OFFICE of the MANAGER TO: Kodiak Island Borough Assembly 910e1kviW_ i�tiL--T-1 N19 ll 1Ti 710 Mill Bay Road Kodiak, Alaska 99615 Phone (907) 486-9301 RE: Manager's Report, February 29, 2024 Manager's Department Joint Work Sessions — Kodiak Island Borough School District — meeting date has been changed to March 6th at the KIBSD conference room at 6:30PM Budget Year 2025 — A draft of the Manager's Level I Budget was sent out via email yesterday so that you can begin your preliminary look at requests for FY25. • E&F Director and I went to a budget meeting for the Woman's Bay Service District. • Finance Director and I went to a budget meeting for the Fire Service Area #1. Infographics — Creating ways to share complicated information in an easy to consume format — FY23 School Funding Sources & Maximum Allowable Property Tax Revenue were completed this week. Borough Meetings — • Attended Parks & Recreation Meeting • Attended Solid Waste Contract Committee Meeting • All staff meeting tomorrow morning Out of Probation Periods — Chief Ellis and Chris French are both through their first six months at KIB. Lobbying — The DC and Juneau trips were successful. We were able to share the needs of KIB with Senator Sullivan, Senator Murkowski, Representative Peltola, Senator Stevens, Representative Stutes, Coast Guard Headquarters, and Alaska Department of Transportation. KIB was also given the opportunity to testify at the Senate Finance Committee and Senate Education Committee while in Juneau. 135 of 162 AGENDA ITEM #4.a. Attachments — • Bureau of Indian Affairs response • Hickey & Associates Legislative Report #24-03 • Training flyers from last night's emergency procedures discussion (Some of this training can happen on June 10, 2024, here in Kodiak) • Alaska Aerospace Press Release • What is MAPTR? Upcoming Travel — Anchorage for litigation mediation on March 12-13, 2024. Community Development — Parks & Recreation Committee — The Committee held a meeting on February 27, 2024. At this meeting, the Committee discussed a grant application to AARP for an access project for White Sands Beach. The Committee is supportive of the grant and Community Development staff is working with other Borough staff to submit a grant application to AARP to provide financial assistance for the first phase of the access project. The application deadline for the AARP Community Challenge Grant is March 6, 2024. Planning & Zoning Commission — The Commission has a work session scheduled for March 13, 2024. That work session will continue to review the latest draft of the ADU ordinance. Another public hearing on the ordinance is scheduled for the next regular meeting on March 20, 2024. Community Development staff has ramped up the advertisement of the public hearing through newspaper, radio, website, and social media at the request of the Commission to increase public participation at the public hearing. Multi -Jurisdiction Multi -Hazard Mitigation Plan — A kickoff meeting with the planning team for the hazard mitigation plan update is scheduled for March 4, 2024. The planning team will include administrative staff from the municipalities and villages within the borough. At this meeting Community Development staff will provide an overview of the hazard mitigation plan update process and the schedule for the planning process. The hazard mitigation plan update is considered the first part of the comprehensive plan update process. Assessing Department Tax Roll — Notice of Value forms for TY2024 are being mailed today. Appeal Period - March 1 through 30 is appeal period for those Notice of Values. Assessing has an appeal room prepared and has provided folders for citizens who appeal to review so they can review and be ready with information for their appeals with the office and how to go onto the BOE if necessary. AGENDA ITEM #4.a. Current Projects o Property cleanup for Tyler Conversion (12 queries completed so far!) o Tyler Requests for Conversion information Exemptions- 4 new exemption applications were received by the Jan. 15 deadline for 2024 for either non-profit religious or charitable uses. (KANA Marketplace, KCHC, Alutiiq Museum and Calvary Baptist Church Bells Flats) o All 2023 reconsiderations have been completed. Vacancy- The Assessing Clerk position has been filled. She will begin work March 4, 2023. IT Department Exchange 2019 Upgrade — IT is working on upgrading our Exchange on premise server to 2019 and migrating it and the Borough mailboxes to a new resource Forest named kibresource.org. Rename kib.local to kodiak.us — IT is researching a project to rename the kib.local Microsoft Windows forest to kodiakak.us — this will align our systems with Microsoft best practices and provide a solid foundation for subsequent additional infrastructure and security measures. — currently in the early testing phase. GIS- Aggregating and simplifying tools for Borough and public use: Working on moving archival data to current GIS website for backwards compatibility. Working on the Parcel Fabric (Basically making the parcel lines more accurate to reality through a long arduous process) iii. Assisting Community Development with data for their Comprehensive plan. iv. Working on Documentation of our GIS Data and what's critical/how we edit it/why we edit it in this way. Working on Identification of Missing Parcel IDs within our system. vi. Continuing with his project to Identify, organize and standardize our GIS data. Network Security - Ongoing efforts to improve overall network security. Active directory accounts review ii. Active Directory reorganization iii. Group policy review iv. Network device vulnerability scanning V. System Patch policy and enforcement AGENDA ITEM #4.a. Office 365 Training and Deployment - Microsoft Teams will be rolled out for communication use. Firewall Assessment — currently the Borough is not using the latest generation firewall technology (which are application aware) to protect its public facing assets such as the Borough web site and other infrastructure resources. IT is currently assessing the costs and feasibility of upgrading them (PFSense) to a Next Generation Firewall (NGFW) VPN Assessment — looking at improving the stability and usability of the Client VPN technology implemented at the Borough. Ideally the VPN technology will be automatic, and able to be used behind remote unmanaged firewalls. Win911 Review – IT is also working with Jacobs Engineering and our Engineering & Facilities Department to review and update if needed our Win911 system. Network Security Assessment — IT is evaluating existing network security infrastructure to see if we can improve our security posture by leveraging existing investments in Network Security technology. Training and Skills – IT is working on improving our overall skills by pursuing certifications: Training (CCNA, PowerShell, Microsoft Hybrid Server, MSSQL) Finance Department Property Taxes – The annual four-week newspaper publication of the Foreclosure List will end March 8th. • Real Property: One year redemption period starts April 12tH • Personal Property: Borough staff will be posting delinquent notices at personal property locations and filing the small claims documents with the court in early March. Staffing – We are still advertising for an accountant position. Engineering and Facilities HFAB – Hospital Facilities Advisory Board – Meeting scheduled for March 4, 2024, at PKIMC. Anticipate review and discussion on the final draft of the Health Facilities Space Evaluation documents. Old Mental Health Facility – Two fin tube assemblies broke and flooded one central building section. The damage and flooding were discovered 2/28/2023. Staff performed work to stop the flooding and remove some standing water. A local environmental contractor has been contacted to perform asbestos and lead testing. Staff is awaiting a 4 AGENDA ITEM #4.a. proposal. These tests will be required to proceed with remodeling or destruction of the facility. PKIMC — • Elevator Upgrade Project mandatory site visit was held this week. Two potential bidders participated. The bid proposal date will likely be extended to allow the vendors additional time to Compile the required proposal information. Staff anticipates Request for Information (RFI) questions next week. • Providence Real Estate staff is continuing with the scoping of maintenance and replacement equipment and systems at the hospital facility. • RSA Engineering has preformed a site visit and review of the new fuel tank installation at the hospital facility. RSA also reviewed the completed project that replaced and relocated the generator and fuel piping at the Long Term Care Facility. Solid Waste Contract Committee —Staff presented revised, condensed definition pages at the recent meeting. Direction was provided by the assembly members. Next meeting is scheduled for February 27, at 1:00pm in the Borough Conference Room. Landfill — • Excavator - New Cat 320 Tracked Excavator has been inspected and received. NC Machinery had a unit in stock in Anchorage. The attachment coupler required change out to match the specifications for the unit the KIB ordered. Staff is arranging training for the machine prior to placing it in service. Denali Commission Funding - Staff was provided with the first draft of the written narrative for grant application for review. Staff is currently in the process of compiling notes for requested alterations to the first draft. The focus for the KIB is to revisit the 2008 Solid Waste Management Study by Bell and Associates to update and evaluate any changes associated with the waste stream in today's climate. A focus specific to island wide household hazardous waste to support the rural communities and potentially accept this waste for further processing and elimination through the Borough Landfill. The application is due March 15, 2024. KFRC- • Discharge Permit —Permit is in place. Staff has learned that sampling and testing must start immediately when the permit was issued. This misunderstanding has been clarified and the required sampling is being performed and documented. KIB is preparing information to share with GSA specific to payment for the Staff directed by the Assembly to move forward with the project. Architectural Review Board has approved the design and staff will make recommendations on their behalf to the assembly. Page 139 of 162 AGENDA ITEM #4.a. • Long Technologies technician is being rescheduled. Trip is to review and define required updates for programming and hardware as needed. KIBSD — • Pool Complex repair discussion has been placed on the Joint Work Session Agenda for March 6th. • Middle School Elevator Upgrade mandatory site visit has been conducted. Waiting for information request from the two bidders that attended. • East Roof Proposal Package — Design Work has been ordered. • North Star Roof Replacement and Skylight Replacement — An Architectural Review Board met and reviewed the presented plans. Board discussed alternative bidding schedules by breaking out specific roof sections to spread out the repair or replacement costs. The preliminary estimate done by the architect is as follows: Base Bid- $2,534,450.00. Alternate #1 (Skylight) $387,750.00 Final cost with contingencies is $3,174,237. • Petersen Roof — Regular bi -monthly meetings are continuing. Awaiting Schedule of Values. Submittal process continues. Contractor has announced that the materials are being ordered beginning next week. Anticipate on site work to begin in April 2024. Weather dependent. Leachate Treatment Plant — The contractor and engineering firm are attempting to rectify the lack of meeting the gallons per minute of the associated new pumps. Alterations to the piping are required and are being discussed to adapt for maximum design flows to be achieved. The latest information received at the weekly progress meeting is that the various vendors and contractors involved are not taking responsibility for portions of the cost required to rectify the deficiencies being encountered prior to final delivery of the project. Discussions are ongoing. Due to performance issues a request for an end date extension will be made for a date in the future. Membrane Condition and Replacement — Membrane order has been started. ADEC Loan Meeting - Held on 2/6 to discuss payment request and scheduling of repayments. Staff is working on preparation for a request for disbursement. Closure Project is 100% completed. LTP Modification is 90% completed. Long Term Care — Spill costs have been reviewed and forwarded to Providence. Lease requires discussion and negotiation. Borough Building — Both boilers are operating. Staff had RSA Engineering to perform a site visit and create a punch list of items not competed. This visit was conducted 2/28 AGENDA ITEM #4.a. and I anticipate a list by March 4. The contractor was on site for a discussion and review of the discrepancies. Controls need to be completed to provide the ability to optimize the use of boilers. Long Technologies will be required to perform additional onsite work associated with the Direct Digital Controls. Contractor completion schedule has been requested again. No completion date has been provided to the KIB. Asphalt patching required cannot be completed until summer of 2024. Sargent Creek Park Equipment - Equipment Procurement RFP is out for bid. Staff is answering the bidder's questions. Page 141 of 162 AGENDA ITEM #4.a. T R United a • IN REPLY REFER TO Regional Director. MC -100, IACC002276 States Department of the Interior BUREAU OF INDIAN AFFAIRS Alaska Regional Office 3601 C Street, Suite 1200 Anchorage, Alaska 99503 February 14, 2024 CERTIFIED MAIL RETURN RECEIPT The Honorable Dan Sullivan United States Senate Washington, DC 20510 Dear Senator Sullivan: Thank you for your letter dated December 07, 2023, also signed by Senator Lisa Murkowski and Representative Mary Sattler Peltola, addressed to Secretary Deb Haaland, regarding your request for a determination regarding a "public purposes" deed restriction on former Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) land. The Secretary's office has referred your letter to the BIA Alaska Region for review, and I am pleased to respond. In order to thoroughly answer your request, the Alaska Region Real Estate Services Office is gathering information on the land in question. We are also collaborating with additional offices for input on this information on file and are currently waiting for their response. We anticipate a thorough response to your letter within thirty (30) days. We appreciate your patience as we research these complex issues. If you have any questions, you may contact our office at (907) 271-1735 or by email atjolene.john@bia.gov. Sincerely, D-Aally signed by JOLENE JOLENE JOHN DatN202402 tI 1616:15 -09W Jolene N. John Regional Director cc: The Honorable Lisa Murkowski United States Senate Washington, DC 20510 The Honorable Mary Sattler Peltola U.S. House of Representatives Washington, DC 20515 The Honorable Deb Haaland Secretary of the Interior Washington, DC 20240 Page 142 of 162 AGENDA ITEM #4.a. House Passes Omnibus Education Bill, Senate Approval Expected • On Thursday night the Alaska House of Representatives passed a huae omnibus education fundina bill on a vote of 38 to 2. Some members called this an historic action, coming after weeks of behind -the -scenes negotiations and days of an impasse on the House floor. Since the underlying bill (Senate Bill No. 140) started in the Senate, the final legislative step is for the Senate to concur on the changes. Indications are this is likely to happen as early as Monday, February 26. • The following is a breakdown of the contents in the approved bill. • A permanent increase in the Base Student Allocation (BSA) of $680, going from $5,960 to $6,640. This amounts to a 11.4% increase. The change takes effect for the upcoming school year. • A sizeable increase for Broadband Assistance Grants (BAG) included in the underlying Senate passed bill. This is primarily for rural schools to increase download speeds from 25 to 100 megabits. • An increase of $7.5 million for pupil transportation costs. • New charter school coordinator position at the Department of Education and Early Development (DEED). New authority to appeal a decision to the state if a local school district revokes a charter. State authority to approve charter schools was not included. • An additional $500 per K-3 student to support implementation of the Alaska Reads Act. • A 11% increase in funding for students doing correspondence study. • Intent language encouraging school districts to use as much of the increased funding in the classrooms for educator salaries and retention bonuses. • Attachment A is a projection by DEED of the annual BSA and pupil transportation increase by school district. The estimate is based on a projection of pupil counts for the current fiscal year. • Governor Dunleavy will have 15 days (except Sundays) once the bill is delivered to him to decide to sign, veto or let it become law without his signature. Senator Murkowski Addresses Legislature • U.S. Senator Lisa Murkowski (R -Alaska) delivered her annual address to a joint session of the Alaska Legislature on February 15. A copy of her speech can be found here and a recorded video can be found here. Highlights from Murkowski's speech is outlined below: • Partnerships with the Legislature: Murkowski expressed gratitude for various resolutions passed by the legislature, including those related to oil fields on the North Slope, Alaska's petroleum reserve, and support for ANCSA-related legislation she introduced, with support from Senator Sullivan (R -Alaska) and Representative Peltola (D -Alaska), which allows village corporations to have lands restored for the needs of shareholders and residents. • Policy Wins: Murkowski summarized several policy achievements, including progress with the Willow and Pikka projects, significant infrastructure awards under the bipartisan infrastructure law, and economic opportunities in industries including fisheries, tourism, and mariculture. She celebrated the hiring of more than 4,000 people by ConocoPhillips and Santos for their projects. "When was the last time we could point to numbers like that, for anything in our state?" she asked. Challenges: Murkowski also acknowledged statewide challenges such as population decline, inflation, and issues in healthcare and housing. "Quality of life is everything—but inflation has made everything cost more ... we're behind on housing, childcare, and education." She also said she's concerned about international issues such as the security of the southern border and conflicts abroad. "This is the moment we're living through. Russia, China, Iran, and North Korea are looking to unseat Western power. Our own southern border is in chaos. Cartels are poisoning our people with fentanyl. Times like these require leadership that brings us together. We're seeing anything but that in these highly partisan times." Mark Hickey & Andrea Watts February 25, 2024 Page 143 of 162 AGENDA ITEM #4.a. Annual Address by Senator Sullivan • U.S. Senator Dan Sullivan (R -Alaska) delivered his annual address to a joint session of the Alaska Legislature on February 21. A copy of his speech and a live recording can be found here. Sullivan focused primarily on a series of domestic and international grievances, some of which are outlined below: • International Relations: Sullivan argued for the necessity of a tougher stance against Iran's support for Yemini rebels attacking international shipping in the Red Sea. He even suggested sinking Iranian ships as a warning against further aggression. "My suggestion for the (Biden) administration is just give the Iranians one warning: 'The next time a missile comes to try to kill American sailors, and you're giving intel to the Houthis, we will sink your navy.' We could sink the Iranian Navy in about two hours. And my view is we should do it," Sullivan said. In a press availability following the event, Sen. Sullivan clarified that he meant the U.S. would sink Iranian spy ships. • Environmental Policies: Sullivan also criticized the administration for the "Last Frontier Lock Up," talking about its environmental policies limiting Alaska's access to land. resource development, and recreation. In the last five months, he said the administration has issued 56 executive orders affecting Alaska's mining and drilling industries, despite opposition from "top Alaska Native leaders." • Victories: Sullivan applauded successful efforts to approve the Willow project and a ban on Russian seafood imports, highlighting collaboration between government officials and Alaskan stakeholders. Sullivan also addressed various investments in Alaska's infrastructure and research, including renewable energy projects and research initiatives. Additionally, he announced the establishment of the Marine Debris Foundation, headquartered in Juneau. The Foundation "has enormous potential to bring innovative private sector funds and ideas to ocean clean-up," he said. Other Capitol News • Statewide Transportation Improvement Program (STIP) Refected: The proposed federal fiscal year 2024-2027 STIP submitted by the Alaska Department of Transportation & Public Facilities (DOT/PF) was rejected by federal officials. A 24 -page list of problems accompanied the rejection. DOT/PF expects to resubmit a revised draft shortly with the hope to get an approval to avoid delays in this summer's construction work. In addition to this problem, several projects were deleted from the draft STIP from last fall due to over -programming and inflation impacts. Governor's Executive Orders Scrutinized: Legislators are taking steps to review and likely reject many of the 12 executive orders issued by Governor Dunleavy at the beginning of this Year's legislative session. If the governor's orders are not disapproved in a joint session by mid-March, they will become law. Executive Order No. 128, which splits the Alaska Energy Authority and the Alaska Industrial Development and Export Authority into two separate boards, has garnered significant attention. According to the legislature's attorneys, the executive order raises legal issues. Executive Order No. 131 gives the governor full control of the Alaska Marine Highway Operations Board selection process. The Senate recently moved special concurrent resolutions disapproving both executive orders from Senate committees to the House. Conservation Organization Seeks Protection for King Salmon: The Wild Fish Conservancy has filed a petition requesting that king salmon populations in Southeast and Southcentral Alaska be listed as endangered under the Endangered Species Act (ESA). The filing follows a previous lawsuit filed by the organization against the National Marine Fisheries Service in 2020, alleging that the agency's approval of the Southeast Alaska king salmon troll fishery violated the ESA and should be halted permanently. The lawsuit is currently ongoing. Additional information can be found here. Mark Hickey & Andrea Watts February 25, 2024 Page 144 of 162 Summary of State Legislation 4�- Z ,.& - Spring is coming! American Kestrel, SE Alaska AGENDA ITEM #4.a. Below is a list of legislative measures of interest, divided into six main topics: fiscal measures, general municipal issues, education measures, fishery & resource issues, energy matters, and election & voting issues. House measures are first, followed by Senate proposals. Companion bills are listed together. Priority focus will be on those likely to get traction. Happy to address other measures if asked. Information about these measures can be found at Alaska Municipal League Legislative Tracker or Alaska State Legislature. Check out what your legislators are doing. New bills are in BLUE, change in status in RED, and passed bills in GREEN. Fiscal Measures Mark Hickey & Andrea Watts February 25, 2024 Page 145 of 162 Measure Summary Status Omnibus carbon capture, utilization, and storage (CCUS) bill HB 50 pending House FIN HB 50/SB 49 by governor giving the state authority to sell to companies the right to Inject SB 49 pending Senate RES carbon dioxide underground to dispose of it. HB 72 by Ortiz Proposes division of annual 5% POMV Permanent Fund draw HB 72 pending House W&M SB 107 by Senate FIN with 25% for the annual dividend and 75% for state services. SB 107 pending House FIN HB 90 by Fields Proposes to amend current Permanent Fund POMV formula Pending Ways & Means using earnings with a dividend up to $1,000. HB 109 by Carpenter Reduces Alaska's corporate income taxes to a low, flat 2% tax Scheduled Ways & Means 2/26 rate. Effective for tax year 2024. HB 142 by Carpenter Creates 2% state sales and use tax with no exemptions. Allows Scheduled Ways & Means 2/26 50% sharing with certain municipalities. HB 153 by Groh ' Increases the state oil and gas property tax by 50% with Pending CRA proceeds going to the state. Generates $250 million in income. HS 156 by Galvin Imposes a 2% Income tax on Income over $200,000 a year for Scheduled Ways & Means 2/26 an individual. Applies to trust partnerships & S co orations. HB 185 by Fields Proposes an income tax equal to the annual amount of the Pending Ways & Means permanent fund dividend. HB 220 by Gray Levies a state bed tax of 6% percent for rentals of less than 30 Pending Community & Regional days. The tax is in addition to any similar tax by a municipality. Affairs HB 268/SB 186 by FY 2025 Operating Budget: Provides flat funding for K-12 and HB 268 sched. public testimony governor pupil transportation. School debt reimbursement at 100%. No House Finance 2/26-3/1 one-time money. $8.3 million for major maintenance Rrojects. SB 186 pendin2 Senate FIN SS 114 by Senate Reduces oil tax credit from $8 to $5 per barrel, equalizes Pending Finance Rules corporate income tax paid by oil producers, and establishes "rin fencin " to limit use of oilfield expenditures to reduce taxes. SB 122 by Senate Amends Alaska law under the Multistate Tax Compact to clarify Pending Finance Rules sales of goods & services in Alaska or delivered to Alaskan customers are Alaskan sales. SB 132 by Bishop Imposes a $30 annual educational facilities maintenance & Heard & held Finance 2/14 construction tax on all eamln_q Income In Alaska. SB 137 by Giessel Increases the refined fuel surcharge from $.009 to $.015 per SB 137 pending Senate RES HB 244 by Josephson gallon. Amends exemption list to exclude foreign fuel sales. HB 244 Rendin House L&C SS 170 by Kawasaki SB 170 extends the Alaska senior benefits payment program SB 170 passed Senate 2/21 SB 172 by Hughes from June 30, 2024, to June 30, 2032. SB 172 and HB 242 SB 172 pending Senate FIN HS 242 by Vance provide a ten-year extension. HB 242 passed H HSS 2/15 Mark Hickey & Andrea Watts February 25, 2024 Page 145 of 162 AGENDA ITEM #4.a. General Municipal Issues Mark Hickey & Andrea Watts February 25, 2024 Page 146 of 162 HJR 12 by Gray Proposes term limits for state legislators to 6 full terms for Pending Judiciary representatives and three full terms for senators. HB 5 by Rauscher Moves regular sessions of the Alaska State Legislature from Pending CRA Juneau to Anchorage. HB 12 by Josephson Provides authority to municipalities to regulate trapping within Pending CRA Its boundaries. HB 21 by Vance Allows municipalities and school districts to join a state HB 21 pending House FIN SB 110 by Hu hes managed health insurance program. Allows firefighters and peace officers a choice between a SB 110 pending Senate EDC HB 22 by Josephson HB 22 pending H STA subcmte. SS 35 by Kawasaki defined benefit pension versus the current 401(k) plan. SB 35 pending Senate L&C Establishes medical benefits eligibility requirements. HB 30 by Ortiz Places Alaska permanently on daylight saving time if federal Pending CRA law is amended to permit it. HB 35 by Rauscher Repeals the certificate of need (CON) program for health care HB 35 pending House L&C SB 8 by Wilson facilities. SB 8 pending Senate L&C HB 47 by McKay Authorizes use of direct health care agreements with medical HB 47 pending House L&C SB 45 by Wilson providers to pay a monthly fee for care. SB 45 pending House L&C HB 84 by Sumner Permits a modified municipal property tax on blighted property. Pending CRA Deletes certain limits on economic develo ment property tax. HB 91 by McCabe Requires annual written okay from employees to deduct union Pending Labor & Commerce dues and for employee benefits. Adds this topic as a subject that cannot be bargained. HB 99 by Armstrong Expands duties of State Human Rights Commission to prohibit HB 99 pending House JUD SB 108 by Kawasaki discrimination based on sexual orientation or gender identity. SB 108 pending Senate L&C HB 100 by Armstrong Requires paid family leave for teachers and public employees Pending L&C and removes requirement to use accrued paid leave for family leave or certain injuries. HB 113 by McKay Reserves right to regulate pesticides to the state only. Pre- Pending CRA em is municipal authority to regulate pesticides HB 114 by McCabe Amends Village Safe Water Act population limit of 1,000 to Pending CRA 1,500 and makes census -designated places eligible. HB 133 by Sumner Exempts meetings of municipal service area boards from the Pending CRA requirements of the state Open Meetings Act. HB 134 by Coulombe Prohibits a municipal sales or use tax on transfer of real Pending CRA property by a borough, city, or the state. HB 151 by Cronk Amends borough incorporation statute to require support by Pending CRA residents of voting age under the legislative review option. HB 197 by Sumner Authorizes certain gaming activities on Alaska Marine Highway Pending Transportation S stem vessels. Overhauls commercial passenger vessel environmental HB 217 by governor Pending Transportation compliance program. Creates new wastewater infrastructure rant program available to municipal port communities. HB 221 by Carrick Allows a second-class borough to exempt creation of a new Pending CRA subdivision from local platting authority approval. HS 250 by McCabe Changes the term for regional, borough and city school board Pending CRA members from three to four years. HB 267 - Tomaszewski Amends current law to exempt property used "exclusively' to HB 267 pending House CRA SB 167 by Myers "primarily' for nonprofit religious, charitable, hospital or SB 167 pending Senate CRA educational purposes. Adds parking lots to exemption list. HB 279 by Cronk Changes makeup of Local Boundary Commission to require Passed CRA 2/22 one member from unorganized borough. Requires members from each Judicial district to live and vote in that district. Mark Hickey & Andrea Watts February 25, 2024 Page 146 of 162 AGENDA ITEM #4.a. Measure Summary Status HB 302 pending H STA HB 302 by Carpenter Allows SBS participation by TRS employees. Increases PERS employer contribution for peace officers and firefighters, subcmte. HB 304 by Eastman Requires second regular legislative sessions to be held in Pending CRA location more than 50 miles outside the capital. HB 345 by Story Requires safety ladders on harbor floats or as part of proposed Referred CRA project to uali for harbor facility matching rants. HB 347 by Coulombs Amends state law pertaining to property assessments, boards HB 347 referred CRA SB 242 by Kiehl of equalization, and assessor certification requirements. SB 242 scheduled CRA 2/29 HB 369 by Ortiz Authorizes port development authorities under state's port Referred CRA, L&C authority statute, broadening scope of allowed activity. HB 377 by McCabe Allows boroughs to accept village public safety officer grants on Referred CRA, STA behalf of villages or cities within the borough. SJR 5 by Claman Amends the Alaska State Constitution to limit regular sessions SJR 5 pending Senate Judiciary HJR 14 by Armstrong of the legislature to 90 days. HJR 14 pen din House STA SJR 13 by Dunbar Supports amending the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act to Passed Senate 2/14 return 14(c)(3) lands to Alaska Native village corporations. SB 11 by Kiehl Allows teachers and other public employees a choice between Pending Labor & Commerce a defined benefit pension versus the current 401(k) Ian. Pending Labor & Commerce SB 14 by Kawasaki Allows employers to adopt a retirement incentive program (RIP) for both TRS and PERS members of a defined benefit Ian. SB 88 by Giessel, Provides defined benefit (DB) plan for all new public SB 88 pending H STA subcmte. Bishop, Stevens employees, and a choice for current employees between the (plus 8 D's new DB option versus current defined contribution DC Ian. SB 89 by Stevens Proposes state retail tax of 25% on e -cigarette products and SB 89 pending House L&C HB 176 by Hannan changes thea a to use tobacco from 19 to 21 for possession. HB 176 pendinq House HSS SB 109 by Dunbar Creates the Employee Free Speech Act, prohibiting employers SB 109 pending Senate L&C HB 179 by Wright from violating employees' First Amendment rights. HB 179 sched. House L&C 2/26 SB 135 by Creates Alaska Word & Save Program for employees who are Heard & held L&C 2/14 Wislechowski not part of a qualified retirement plan. SB 158 by Myers Eliminates moratorium on new debt using the school bond debt SB 158 scheduled S EDC 2/28 HB 339 by Allard reimbursement program. Restricts number of approved HB 339 referred H EDC, FIN projects on DEED construction and major maintenance lists. SB 161 by Bjorkman Changes state law related to municipal taxation of farm use SB 161 scheduled S CRA 2/27 HS 317 by Carpenter land to include farm -related structures. HB 317 pending House CRA SB 175 by Tobin Reserves authority to regulate electronics recycling to the state Pending Resources and preempts municipal regulation unless explicitly allowed. SB 184 by Senate CRA Both bills places state permanently on Alaska standard time SB 184 pending Senate CRA HB 284 by Allard ear -round. Increases employer contribution rate for TRS from 7% to 9%. HB 284 pending House STA SSSB 200 by Stedman Pending Labor & Commerce SS requires employer of new hires under TRS to participate in SBS system unless in social security. SB 213 by Olson Omnibus alcohol regulation bill with revisions relating to Pending CRA municipal regulation and taxation of alcohol beverages. SB 227 by Myers Establishes formal capital project evaluation process, Including Referred Finance review of school construction projects. Executive Order 131 Reorganizes Alaska Marine Highway Operations Board to SSCR 8 disapproving EO 131 by governor remove legislative appointment of four of the public members. pending House Transportation Mark Hickey & Andrea Watts February 25, 2024 Page 147 of 162 AGENDA ITEM #4.a. Education Measures Measure HJR 18 by Galvin Summary Resolution urging Congress to repeal the Windfall Elimination Status Not heard State Affairs 2/22 Provision & Government Pension Offset. HB 6 by Rauscher Requires DEED to create middle & high school curriculum re: Pending HSS dangers of opioid drugs. HB 26 by Story Renames Alaska Native Language Preservation and Advisory Pending Senate FIN Council and adds two seats. HB 27 by McKay School districts must designate sports team as male, female HB 27 pending Education HB 183 by Allard or co-ed. Trans. girls cannot participate on female teams. HB 183 pending Education HB 31 by Story Expands amounts & eligibility requirements for the Alaska HB 31 pending House EDC HB 148 by House EDC performance scholarship program. HB 148 sched. House floor 2/26 SB 56 by Dunbar SB 56 passed Senate FIN 2/15 HB 44 by Story Requires DEED to develop a cultural education program for Pending Education use by local school districts. HB 71 by Rauscher Requires school districts to make records & financial Pending Education Information available on the Internet at no cost. HB 105/SB 96 by "Parental rights" proposal requiring prior approval for sex HB 105 pending House JUD governor education, new restrictions on transgender students, and open SB 96 pending Senate JUD access to all medical records. HB 106/SB 97 by Proposes annual lump sum payments to teachers for a three- HB 106 pending House FIN governor year period as a recruitment and retention incentive. Amounts SB 97 pending Senate EDC varybydistrict. HB 106 added to House CSSB140. HB 111 by Allard Requires DEED to establish a centralized program for deaf HB 111 pending House FIN SB 143 by Gray- students with residential services. Clarifies IEP requirements SB 143 pending Senate EDC Jackson for deaf students. HB 111 removed from House CSSB140. HB 139 by Ruffridge Changes funding formula for correspondence study from 0.9 Pending House Finance to 1.08 of ADM. Increased to 1.0 in House CSSB 140. HB 144 by Ruffridge HB 144 eliminates sunset date for education tax credits. HB HB 144 pending House FIN SB 120 by Senate EDC 144 removed from House CSSB 140. SB 120 extends SB 120 heard/held S FIN 2/13 program to January 1, 2031. Increases allowable credits. HB 147 by Dibert Authorizes a new, long-term certificate to retired Alaska Passed L&C 2/14 teachers for substitute teaching. HB 163 by Himschoot Creates a Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) Pending Judiciary raffle program in Alaska. Requires districts to provide annual student allotment for Pending Education HB 165 by Ways & Means charter school correspondence study. Increases funding by more than 75%. HB 202 by DeLena Requires school districts to train employees to administer Pending Education Johnson naloxone nasalspray to respond toopioid overdoses. HB 230 by Himschoot Repeals limit on out-of-state school experience that can be Pending Education substituted for in-state experience in teacher salary scales. HB 247 by Story Requires state to provide $1,000 in support for each K-3 Pending Education student with a reading deficiency. HB 274 by governor Proposes changes to Alaska Reads Act to assist districts with HB 274 pending House EDC SB 192 by governor screening assessments and non -progression meetings. SB 192 pendinfl Senate EDC HB 280 by Prax Eliminates the mandatory Required Local Contribution from K- Pending Education 12 Foundation Formula. HB 310 by Carrick Requires schools to provide children with disabilities with Pending Health & Social medically necessary services at school. Services HB 343/SB 240 by Expands payment authority for IEP's provided to Medicaid- HB 343 sched. House HSS 2/27 governor eligible students. SB 240 sched Senate HSS 2/27 HB 374 by Story Establishes a student loan repayment pilot program at the Referred Education, Finance Alaska Commission on Postsecondary Education. Mark Hickey & Andrea Wafts February 25, 2024 Page 148 of 162 AGENDA ITEM #4.a. Measure Summary Status HB 382 by Carpenter Proposes changes about parental rights to direct a child's Referred Education, Judiciary education, teacher rights and records access. HB 383 by Galvin Proposes class size limits, increases BSA to $7,942, and Referred Education, Finance re eats 10- ear sunset of Alaska Reads Act. SJR 17 by Senate Urges Congress to extend the deadline to obligate COVID Scheduled Education 2/26 Education emergency relief funds for schools. SB 24 by Gray -Jackson Directs Board of Education & Early Development to develop Passed Finance 2/15 guidelines for instruction in mental health In consultation with the Health and Family & Community Services departments. SB 29 by Stevens Adds civics exam requirement to graduate from secondary Pending House Education school. SB 29 removed from House CSSB 140. SB 43 by Gray -Jackson Requires school districts to provide a program of health and W Pending Education personal safety education for K-12, including science -based sexual health education. SB 52 by Senate EDC SB 52 increases BSA by $1,000 in FY24, $348 in FY25, and SB 52 pending House Finance HB 65 by Ortiz by an inflation adjustment in FY26. Passed Senate version of HB 65 pending House Finance SB 52 increases BSA b $680. SB 99 by Wielechowski Requires school districts to provide all high school students a Pending House EDC financial literacy education course. SB 113 by Senate Adds Mt. Edgecumbe to REAA & Small School District Fund. Pending Finance Finance Expands scope of fund for teacher housing. Pending State Affairs SB 131 by Gray- Directs school districts to provide education in the history and Jackson contributions of Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders in the United States. SB 136 by Olson Requires DEED to issue a teacher certificate based on Pending Education completion of a teacher preparation program. SB 140 by Hoffman Increases discounted Internet rate for qualifying schools from H CS for SB 140 passed H 2/22 HB 193 by House 25 to 100 Mbps. House passed omnibus bill adds $680 to HB 193 passed House FIN 2/14 Finance BSA, pupil transportation money, Reads Act intervention funds and 1.0 of ADM for correspondence study students. SB 173 by Hughes Mandates school districts allow arming of individuals if Scheduled L&C 3/1 requested sub .ect to various requirements. SB 178 by Bjorkman Prohibits start of school term before first Tuesday in Pending Education September. SB 215 by Bjorkman Allows school districts to pay an annual incentive payment of Scheduled Education 2/26 $5,000 for teachers with national board certification. Requires DEED to provide funding. SB 221 by Gray- Requires DEED to develop and implement education of public Pending Education Jackson students with hands-on CPR training. SB 238 by Claman New omnibus education bill changing method to appropriate Referred Education, Finance funds for individual education programs. Fishery & Resources Issues 8 by VanceI Resolution encouraging ADF&G to pursue bycatch regulations I Pending Fisheries at the North Pacific Fishery Manaaement Council. HJR 22 by Baker Constitutional amendment to establish a rural subsistence Referred Resources, Judiciary reference for taking replenishable natural resources. HB 18 by Stutes Proposes regional associations to encourage new fisheries, Pending Fisheries modeled after SE AK Regional Dive Fisheries Association. Members self -assess tax to fund surveys. Mark Hickey & Andrea Wafts February 25, 2024 Page 149 of 162 AGENDA ITEM #4.a. Measure HB 19 by Stutes Summary Exempts commercial fishing vessels with valid licenses from Status Pending Finance numberin and registration provisions. Allows Fish/Game Board members to discuss matters if they or Pending Resources HB 20 by Stutes family member have personal or financial interest. HB 201 by Himschoot Tightens residency requirements for hunting, trapping and sport HB 201 pending House RES SB 171 by B'orkman fishing privileges by tying it to permanent fund rules. SB 171 sched. S RES 3/1 HS 281 by governor Allows individuals to nominate up to 10 acres of available state HB 281 pending House RES SB 198 by governor land for use as a remote recreational site. SB 198 pending Senate RES HB 294 by governor Allows Board of Fisheries to use electronic monitoring as an HB 294 pending House FSH SB 209 by governor alternative or in addition to onboard observers in state fisheries. SB 209 pending Senate L&C HB 295 by governor Provides an exception allowing private nonprofit hatcheries to HB 295 sched. House FSH 2/27 SB 210 by governor sell salmon not s to individuals to stock lakes in the state. SB 210 sched. Senate RES 3/1 HB 296 by governor Omnibus agriculture bill with revisions of Alaska products HB 296 heard/held H RES 2/14 SB 211 by governor procurement preference for municipalities and school districts. SB 211 sched. Senate L&C 3/1 HB 319 by Fields Removes authority for Board of Game to allow nonresidents to Referred Resources, Finance participate in certain hunts without nonresident big game tags. SJR 14 by Bishop Resolution urging Congress and federal agencies to take steps Scheduled Finance 2/26 to improve competitiveness & resiliency of our seafood industry. SB 15 by Kawasaki Requires highest priority for personal use fisheries except if Pending Resources needed to achieve a management goal. SB 68 by Senate Changes public notice requirements to the Alaska Online Public Pending Rules Resources Notice System for a sale, appropriation or removal of water, or a declaration of a right of water. SB 72 pending Senate RES SS 72 by Giessel Requires any designation of state water as outstanding national HS 95 by Rauscher resource water must be done by law. HB 357 designates the HB 95 pending House Rules HB 357 by McCormick Kuskokwim River as an outstanding natural resource water. HB 357 referred CRA RES SB 82 by Bjorkman Establishes Cook Inlet buy-back program for set net permits. SB 82 heard/held S FIN 2/19 HB 195 by Ruffrid a Broadens CFEC authority to establish mans ement areas. HB 195 sched. House FSH 2/27 SB 92 by Giessel Clarifies state's ownership interest in all submerged lands under SB 92 sched. House RES 2/28 HB 98 by Saddler navigable waters by naminn these lands In statute. HB 98 pending House RES SB 93 by Senate RES Increases amount of claim benefit by a fisherman under the SB 93 pending House Rules HB 92 by House FSH Commercial Fishermen's Fund from $5,000 to $10,000. HB 92 pending House Rules SB 128 by Olson Closes the commercial salmon fishery in Area M from June 10, SB 128 pending Senate JUD HB 180 by Cronk 2023, through June 30, 2023. Committee Substitute for SB 128 HB 180 pending House FSH modifles closure areas. SB 148 by Bishop Authorizes regulated salmon egg fertilization and habitat Pending Resources enhancement to aid fish survival. SB 182 by Senate Extends termination date of the Big Game Commercial Services Pending Finance Labor & Commerce Board from June 30, 2024, to June 30, 2032. SB 253 by Kaufman Establishes big game commercial concession permit program Referred Resources, Finance on land in the state, starting with a pilot program. Energy Matters Mark Hickey & Andrea Watts February 25, 2024 Page 150 of 162 AGENDA ITEM #4.a. Election & Voting Issues Measure Summary Status HB 313 by governor SB 224 by governor Increases statutory cap for charges to fund the Regulatory Commission of Alaska. HB 313 pending House L&C SB 224 referred S L&C, FIN HB 349 by Groh Authorizes leasing state land for a renewable energy project. Referred RES, ENE, FIN HB 365 by McCabe Expands application of power cost equalization to schools. Referred Energy, State Affairs SB 152 by Wielechowski Establishes requirements for "community energy facilities" to allow net metering for energy from a renewable energy source. Pending L&C SB 243 by Senate Resources Creates new 8 -member Alaska Energy Authority board with six public members who meetspecified criteria. Scheduled RES 2/26, 2/28 Executive Order 128 by governor Creates new board for the Alaska Energy Authority, splitting it from Alaska Industrial Development and Export Authority board. SSCR 5 disapproving EO 128 pending House State Affairs Election & Voting Issues Mark Hickey & Andrea Watts February 25, 2024 Page 151 of 162 Measure Summary Status HB 1 by Rauscher Repeals Alaska's new ranked choice voting system and the HB 1 pending House STA HB 4 by Vance open primary system. Maintains restrictions on "dark money". HB 4 pending House FIN SB 2 by Shower SB 2 pending Senate STA HB 36 by Schrage Requires prior financial disclosure by sponsors of ballot Pending State Affairs measure or recall campaign. HB 37 by Schrage Elections bill allowing same day registration, ballot tracking & Pending State Affairs curing, signature verification and expands ability to allow vote by mail in small communities. HB 225 by Gray Requires the Division of Elections to release daily unofficial HB 225 pending State Affairs SB 214 by Myers election results before certification. SB 214 pending State Affairs HB 246 by Story Allows voter preregistration for minors at least 16 years of age. HB 246 pending House STA SB 232 by Kawasaki SB 232 referred Senate STA HB 261 by Josephson Adds vehicular homicide, vehicular manslaughter, and _ Pending Judiciary criminally negligent vehicle homicide as serious crimes. Adds these crimes to "moral turpitude" definition affecting timing for voter registration. SS 1 by Shower Election bill allowing ballot curing, creating ballot -tracking SB 1 pending Senate STA HB 132 b H JUD system, and provides a telephone hotline. HB 132 pending H STA SB 5/6/7 by Shower Suite of bills requiring voter registration list culling, use of All Senate bills pending S STA HB 129/130/131 by certain type of voting machines, and creating new crimes for HB 129 pending Senate STA House JUD ballot tampering or info disclosure. HB 130 & 131 pending H STA SB 17 by Kawasaki Limits political contributions to candidates with an inflation Pending Judiciary adjuster on amounts. SB 19 by Kawasaki Requires state to provide stamped return envelopes for Pending State Affairs absentee ballots, allows ballot -curing and ballot tracking, and imposes new election -related crimes. SS 61 by Adds Alaska to the National Popular Vote Interstate Compact to Pending Rules Wielechowski award its electoral votes to the national ticket that wins the popular vote. SB 138 by State Omnibus elections bill includes same day voting, ballot tracking Pending Rules Affairs & curing, signature verification system, and paid postage for by - mail absentee ballots. SS 177 by Hughes Requires a "deepfake" disclosure if a campaign communication SB 177 pending Senate STA HB 306 by House STA has been "manipulated or generated by artificial intelli encs". HB 306 pending House STA SB 246 by Wilson Allows candidates and legislators to use campaign contributions Referred State Affairs for an elections challenge. Mark Hickey & Andrea Watts February 25, 2024 Page 151 of 162 AGENDA ITEM #4.a. Attachment A CSSB 52(FIN) - Fiscal Note 5 Department of Education and Early Development Prepared 5+92023 CSSB52(FIN) Increases to the Base Student Allocation and Pupil Transportation Per Student Amounts School District Result of CSSB52(FIN) $680 BSA Increase Result of CSSB52(FIN) Pupil Transp. Increase Total CSSB52(FIN) Increase Alaska Gateway S 1,058,372 $ 80,106 S 1,138,478 Aleutian Region 120.128 10,744 120,128 Aleutians East Borough 569,650 6,825 576,475 Anchorage 49,724,320 2,079,825 51,804,145 Annette Island 667,346 6,300 673,646 Bering Strait 4,787,296 10,020 4,797,316 Bristol Bay Borough 225,386 32,940 258,326 Chatham 413,842 4,704 418,546 Chugach 576,246 576,246 Copper River 763.436 52,852 816,288 Cordova 588,580 13,300 601,880 Craig 682,434 11,424 693,858 Dclta/Grecly 1.189.280 128,274 1,317,554 Denali Borough 822,344 36,462 858,806 Dillingham 743,648 60,187 803,835 Fairbanks N Star Borough 16,241,188 1,100,190 17,341,378 Galena 4,088,290 8,149 4,096,439 Haines Borough 439.002 17,182 456,184 Hoonah 294,352 3,740 298,092 Ilydaburg 192,522 192,522 Iditarod Area 740,248 3,828 744,076 Juneau Borough 5,528,638 280,554 5,809,192 Kake 268,192 3,255 271,447 Kashunamiut 730,742 317 731,059 Kenai Peninsula Borough 11,713,088 770,744 12,483,832 Ketchikan Gateway Borough 3,414,342 167,660 3,582,002 Klawock 293,896 8,308 302,204 Kodiak Island Borough 3.572,986 180,180 3,753,166 Kuspuk 995,310 23,100 1,018,410 Lake & Peninsula Borough 1,037,856 12,144 1,050,000 Lower Kuskokwim 8,834,010 123,296 8,957,306 Lower Yukon 4,959,036 4,959,036 Mat -Su Borough 24,118.968 1,722,656 25,841,624 Nenana 1,408,722 12,730 1,421,452 Nome 1,167,628 48,990 1,216,618 North Slope Borough 4,243,410 237,824 4,481,234 Northwest Arctic Borough 4,672,966 5,640 4,678,606 Pelican 48,444 1,232 49,676 Petersburg 843,064 19,135 862,199 Pribilof 151,034 151,034 Saint Mary's 432.602 3,894 436,496 Sitka Borough 1,758,032 52,006 1,810,038 Skagway 259,562 560 260,122 Southeast Island 516,412 18,810 535,222 Southwest Reeion 1.651,094 40,392 1,691,486 120 Valdez Yakutat 157,868 5,780 163,648 Yukon Flats 731,000 6,090 737,090 Yukon/Koyukuk 2,602,584 10,744 2,613,328 Yupitt 1,155,238 1,155,238 Mt Edgccumbc High School 494,082 494,082 TOTAL S 174,886,368 S 7,511,457 $ 182,397,825 SB052CS(FIN)-EED PEF S 823 Page 3 0l 3 Control Code: hGSaa Mark Hickey & Andrea Watts February 25, 2024 Page 152 of 162 TEXAS A&M ENGINEERING 12EWFx. EXTENSION SERVICE National Emergency Response and Recovery Training Center AGENDA ITEM #4.a. CRISIS LEADERSHIP MGT -340 j) wo - .- Mtjow gov/d otw/ebola/i ndex. htm I J TExAS A&M ENGINEERING 129AET National Emergency Response and Recovery Training Center EXTENSION SERVICE CRISIS LEADERSHIP MGT -340 AGENDA ITEM #4.a. This seminar uses one of four case studies to examine the dynamics of crisis leadership and decision making from an elected or senior official's perspective. The four hour seminar uses the case study to frame the discussion on ways to overcome leadership challenges in planning and responding to a large scale incident. The final outcome of the seminar is the development of individual and jurisdictional action plans to guide improved preparedness and emergency response. Available Case Studies: • Hurricane Harvey: Chaos on the Gulf Coast • Mayhem at Mandalay Bay • The Camp Fire: Crisis in California • Fear and Realities: Managing Ebola in Dallas Course Length One Half Day (4 hours) Class Size 30 Participants Venue Seminar Topics Planning for Effective Disaster Response: The plans that are in place at the outset of a disaster have a significant impact on the success of the response and recovery. In order to be effective, plans must be adequate, feasible, adaptable, and all -hazards based. It is imperative that leaders, both elected and appointed, understand the role they play in the planning process. jurisdiction Leadership and Decision Making During a Crisis: Senior officials must recognize their roles and CE Credits responsibilities as leaders in advance, rather than 0.40 CELls discovering their obligations for the first time in the midst of a crisis. They must also identify ways in which they will develop the situational awareness necessary for decision making in a disaster. Participants • Elected Officials • Senior Appointed Officials • Chiefs/Department Heads • Emergency Management Directors • Educational Institution Administration • Public and Private Sector Executives • Public Health and Health Care Officials • NGOs • State/Federal Agency Representatives • Public Information Officers (PIO) • Local Business Partners For more information, contact: TEXAS A&M ENGINEERING EXTENSION SERVICE Executive Programs 200 Technology Way College Station, Texas 77845-3424 855.245.1614 (toll-free) execprograms@teex.tamu.edu TEEX.org/nerrtc Crisis Communications: Disasters present unique communications challenges, from coordinating the response efforts of multiple agencies to ensuring the information needs of both the press and the public are met. Developing strategies for planning, conducting and managing public information and warning—to include the role social media plays—can be vital to successful response and recovery efforts. Developing an Action Plan: From the lessons learned during seminar discussions and reading of the case study, a broad personal and jurisdictional action plan will be developed to guide future emergency preparedness planning. Page 154 of 162 ,2.5015.07 AGENDA ITEM #4.a. TEXAS A&M ENGINEERING National Emergency Response and Recovery ® Training Center EXTENSION SERVICE I WHOLE COMMUNITY EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLANNING AW R-330 DHS/FEMA-funded course t: �110•. iP` TEXAS A&M ENGINEERING E National Emergency 72Response and Recovery a Training Center EXTENSION SERVICi AGENDA ITEM #4.a. WHOLE COMMUNITY EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLANNING AWR-330 Through guided discussions, individual and group activities, the AWR-330 Whole Community Emergency Management Planning Course helps participants identify and better understand the stakeholders and resources within their communities. Students will learn to develop strategies to better incorporate stakeholders into their emergency planning process, with a goal of increasing individual, community, and national resilience to all hazards. Topics • Defining the Whole Community • Building Cultural Competency • Identifying and Integrating Stake Holders • Resource Mapping • Guiding Documents and Associated Laws • Individual, Family and Community Preparedness • The Community Risk Assessment • Inclusive Planning Prerequisites FEMA / SID Number A FEMA SID is required to register for and participate in any training provided by FEMA. The FEMA SID will serve as your unique identifier and be used to maintain the record of FEMA trainings you attended. Register for a FEMA SID at: cdp.dhs.gov/femasid Recommended Trainings • IS -100.C: Introduction to the Incident Command System, ICS 100 • IS -200.C: Basic Incident Command System for Initial Response, ICS 200 • TEEX MGT -312 Senior Officials Workshop for All Hazards Preparedness For more information, contact: TEXAS A&M ENGINEERING EXTENSION SERVICE Executive Programs 200 Technology Way College Station, Texas 77845-3424 Toll Free 855.245.1614 execprograms@teex.tamu.edu TEEX.org/cyber Course Length One Day (6 hours) Venue Jurisdiction Class Size 30 Participants CE Credits IACET - 0.6 CELls Participants This course is designed for any individual involved in emergency management planning from both public and private agencies. The intended audience for this course includes but is not limited to: • Emergency Management Personnel • Governmental administrative representatives (state/county/municipal/tribal) • Citizen/community volunteers • Non -Governmental Organizations (NGO) • Advocacy groups and organizations; and other community stakeholders Page 156 of 162 TEXAS A&M ENGINEERING ; Aw� 7AFX. EXTENSION SERVICE AGENDA ITEM #4.a. National Emergency Response and Recovery Training Center SENIOR OFFICIALS WORKSHOP FOR ALL -HAZARDS PREPAREDNESS MGT -312 DHS/FEMA-funded course AGENDA ITEM #4.a. TEXAS A&M ENGINEERING W wr National Emergency Response and Recovery Training Center EXTENSION SERVILE SENIOR OFFICIALS WORKSHOP FOR ALL -HAZARDS PREPAREDNESS MGT -312 This workshop provides an interactive forum to understand the roles and responsibilities of senior leadership as related to all -hazard disaster preparedness, to share proven strategies and best practices, and to enhance coordination among whole of community partners. The class will provide a basic understanding of planning, operational coordination and public information and warning through lecture and group discussions. The participant will have the opportunity to work through a customized tabletop exercise focused on the strategic objectives faced by senior leaders. The final outcome of the class is the development of an action plan to improve the preparedness posture of the community/organization. Topics • A tabletop exercise tailored for the jurisdictions) as the catalyst to generate discussion of policy and emergency operations center activities required to support the incident commander's and state/federal government requirements related to an all -hazard, catastrophic incident • Roles and responsibilities and preparedness challenges • Domestic preparedness resources and how to leverage them for your community • Homeland Security Strategic Planning as it relates to risk and needs assessment and the Emergency Operations Plan (EOP) for your jurisdiction • Executive -level incident response and recovery considerations, including medical/public health, situational appraisal, incident management (ICS), mutual aid agreements, media relations, recovery and restoration processes, federal assistance, and business/economic recovery Prerequisites FEMA / SID Number A FEMA SID is required to register for and participate in any training provided by FEMA. The FEMA SID will serve as your unique identifier and be used to maintain the record of FEMA trainings you attended. Register for a FEMA SID at: cdp.dhs.gov/femasid For more information, contact: TEXAS A&M ENGINEERING EXTENSION SERVICE Executive Programs 200 Technology Way College Station, Texas 77845-3424 855.245.1614 (toll free) execprograms@teex.tamu.edu www.teex.org/esti Course Length 1 Day (6 hours) Venue jurisdiction Class Size 30 Participants CE Credits IACET - 0.6 CEUs Participants The course is designed for senior elected, appointed, and whole of community leaders, including but not limited to: • Elected officials (city, county, state, and tribal) • City and county managers • Emergency management directors/coordinators • Directors of local response agencies • Chiefs/department heads • Local business partners • Public Information Officers • Hospital Adminstration • Airport and port facility managers • School and university administrators and security • Public and private sector executives (e.g., Communications, Transportation, Utilities) • Non-governmental Organizations (NGOs) (e.g., Red Cross, Salvation Army, etc.) • Department of Defense (DoD) installation commanders and representatives • Stadium and sports facility managers and directors of security • Resident federal agency representatives (e.g., FBI, ATF, Secret service, FEMA, TSA) Page 158 of 162 AGENDA ITEM #4.a. ALASKA AEROSPACE CORPORATION I/ FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE ALASKA AEROSPACE ANNOUNCES NEW PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER ANCHORAGE, AK (February 26,2024): Today, the Alaska Aerospace Corporation announced the selection of Colonel John Oberst, United States Air Force (Ret) as its new President and Chief Executive Officer. The Alaska Aerospace Corporation Board unanimously selected Colonel Oberst after an exhaustive nation-wide search. Colonel Oberst is a long time Alaskan resident, with a broad background in the military and space industry, who brings a wealth of leadership, operations, engineering, and business experience. He will start leading the Alaska Aerospace Corporation immediately, building upon decades of successful operations at Kodiak's Pacific Spaceport Complex -Alaska. "We are pleased to have Colonel Oberst accept our offer to be the new President and Chief Executive Officer of the Alaska Aerospace Corporation," said Lindsay Knight, Chair of the Alaska Aerospace Board of Directors. "Colonel Oberst is career military air and space leader as well as a tech company cofounder. He understands the space industry, Alaska's relevance in it, and the path required to take the Alaska Aerospace Corporation into the future. Colonel Oberst, along with the expertise found in the Board of Directors, will enable the Alaska Aerospace Corporation to reach its full potential, as a space industry leader, providing a highly responsive and competitive commercial and national defense launch capability. Colonel Oberst is the right leader, at the right time, and will serve the State well as he leads the Alaska Aerospace Corporation from the last frontier to the final frontier." "Thank you to Governor Dunleavy, and the board of directors, for offering me this amazing opportunity to lead this great Alaskan gem, the Alaska Aerospace Corporation," said John Oberst, newly selected President and CEO, Alaska Aerospace Corporation. "I am honored and eager to begin working with the Alaska Aerospace team, our stakeholders and launch partners. I am stepping into a highly efficient, experienced, and successful organization. I plan on building upon the great accomplishments and grit of the professionals who made today possible. Because of them, the Alaska Aerospace Corporation is well positioned to succeed in a highly competitive and evolving global launch industry." Colonel John Oberst retired, after 30 years of service, as the Director of Staff of the Alaska Air National Guard, Joint Base Elemendorf-Richardson, Alaska. Prior to this, he was the Vice Wing Commander of the 168th Wing, Eielson AFB, Alaska, and Commander of the 213th Space Warning Squadron, Clear Space Force Station, Alaska. Colonel Oberst is a combat tested aviator with Command & Control, Air Defense, Air Refueling and Ballistic Missile Warning assignments. Before military service, Colonel Oberst worked in the space industry designing satellite components and developing the first civilian four stage launch vehicle, Taurus, with the Orbital Sciences Corporation. Colonel Oberst is a graduate from the University of Maryland and the US Air Force Air War College. Post military retirement, Colonel Oberst worked in the network technology industry and cofounded a tech startup company in Alaska. Page 159 of 162 AGENDA ITEM #4.a. Media Contact Inquires call 907.486-2271 or email Info ir_akaerospace.com. About Alaska Aerospace Corporation Originally established in 1991 by the State of Alaska as the Alaska Aerospace Development Corporation, the primary purpose of the corporation was to create a viable space industry in Alaska. Construction of the Alaska Orbital Launch Complex began in 1998 at Narrow Cape on the island of Kodiak to primarily support government requirements; the facility was one of the first spaceports licensed by the Federal Aviation Administration Office of Commercial Space Transportation. Renamed the Kodiak Launch Complex (KLC), in reference to the spaceport location, the first launch occurred on November 5, 1998. This was the first launch from an FAA - licensed launch site not located within the boundaries of a federal facility. The first orbital launch from KLC was an Athena I, on September 30, 2001. In 2014 KLC was renamed the Pacific Spaceport Complex Alaska (PSCA) to recognize the larger role of the spaceport as one of four full service operational spaceports in the United States. PSCA provides all -indoor, all-weather processing and offers optimal support for small lift rockets and satellites into sub -orbital and polar, sun -synchronous, and highly elliptical orbits over the North Pacific Ocean. The corporate headquarters is in Anchorage, Alaska. Page 160 of 162 WHAT is MAPTR ? MAPTER stands for the Maximum Allowable Property Tax Revenue. It is also commonly called the Tax Cap and it is found in KIBC 3.25.030. This is the highest amount of property tax revenue that can be collected in any single fiscal year. AMOUNT This amount is directly tied to the tax amount that was _ collected in the previous fiscal year. For example, for FY25, we can't collect more property tax than we did in FY24.* -Please see adjustments bel,w LIMITS APPLY LIMITS DO NOT ADJUSTMENTS: TO: APPLY T0: Revenue limits apply to• • Fund 100 General Fund • Fund 201 rEducation Support • Fund 469 (Renewal and Replacement Revenue limits do not apply to: Special Revenue Funds -except Fund 2011 - Fund 210, 220. 234, 240, 242. 243, 244, 246. 250. 252, 254, 260, 261, 262, 273, 276, 277, 278 and School Debt Service, Fund 300 and Enterprise Funds - 530, 540, 545, 555, 556,560 There are items that can adjust the MAPTR level. MAPTR levels can be adjusted for: Taxes on new construction improvements Voter approved services Judgements paid in the previous year Special appropriations on an emergency basis Prior year true up $68,259 not collected that c uld have been in FY24 Inflation** WHAT LIMITS EXIST FOR FY2O25? Property tax revenue collected in FY2025 can not surpass revenue collected in FY2024.* In FY2024, $15,838,648 was collected This is the base. For FY2025, Base + True Up taxes not collected in FY2024 + Inflation** _ $15,838,648 + $68,259 + _ 10444,4$2 there will be a new construction :mprovement adjustment coming)] "INFLATION The adjustment for inflation is made using the previous year's Urban Alaska Consumer Price Index. For Calendar Year 2023, the rate is 1.5% and will add to the cap. (Down from 8.1% from 2022 which added $1,153,251) AGENDA ITEM #4.a. Page 161 of 162 Current Zoning Regulations related to Short -Term Rentals (AirBnb) Chapter 17.25 Definitions "Bed and breakfast (B&B)" means overnight accommodations and a morning meal in a dwelling unit provided to transients for compensation. The operator of the B&B must reside on the premises and the maximum number of rooms that can be rented out is five. In addition to the off-street parking requirements of KIBC 17.175.040 for a single-family dwelling, a B&B with up to two guest rooms must provide one additional parking space; a B&B with three to four guest rooms must provide two additional parking spaces; and a B&B with five guest rooms must provide three additional parking spaces. Staff Analysis: Requires a meal to be served and an onsite operator. Typical Airbnb or short-term rentals do not serve a meal and many do not have an onsite operator. So, this definition would not cover them. "Boardinghouse" means a building other than a hotel with not more than five sleeping rooms where lodging, with or without meals, is provided for compensation for three or more persons, but not exceeding 15 persons, on other than a day-to-day basis and which is not open to transient guests. Staff Analysis: This use would be for weekly or longer stays and is for three or more persons. This would not cover Airbnb or short-term rentals that rent sleeping rooms to less than three people. "Dwelling unit" means one or more rooms and a single kitchen in a dwelling designed as a unit for occupancy by not more than one family for living or sleeping purposes, and in which not more than two persons are lodged for hire. "Family" means any number of individuals related by blood or marriage or an unrelated group of not more than five persons living together as a single housekeeping unit in a dwelling unit. Staff Analysis: The definition of a dwelling unit allows for up to two people to be lodged without qualifying as anything other than just a dwelling unit. "Guest room" means any room in a hotel, dormitory, boardinghouse, bed and breakfast, or lodging house used and maintained to provide sleeping accommodations for not more than two persons. Each 100 square feet or fraction thereof of floor area used for sleeping purposes shall be considered to be a separate guest room in a large common area sleeping arrangement. Staff Analysis: This definition does not cover just a dwelling unit, so we cannot call a dwelling unit that rents a room or two anything other than a dwelling unit. "Hotel" means any building or group of buildings in which there are six or more guest rooms used, designed, or intended to be used for the purpose of offering to the general public food, lodging, or both, on a day-to-day basis. "Lodge" means a building or group of buildings containing both rooms and dwelling units available for temporary rental to transient individuals or families. The types of activities supported by a lodge may include, but are not limited to, fishing, hunting, wildlife photography and viewing, and passive recreational activities. "Motel" means a group of one or more detached or semidetached buildings containing two or more individual dwelling units and/or guest rooms, designed for or used temporarily by automobile tourists or transients. "Recreational cabin" means a structure occupied on a temporary or seasonal basis by a group of people meeting the definition of family. This use is usually associated with remote areas. Single Resident Occupancy. A "single resident occupancy" or "single room occupancy (SRO)" is a housing type consisting of one room with or without cooking facilities and with private or shared bathroom facilities. An "SRO" is also a commercial building similar in use and function to a hotel or apartment building (e.g., multiple -family dwelling) composed of 11 or more studio apartments or rooming units that are available for rent for periods of seven days or more. "Vacation home" means a one -family dwelling unit that is rented or leased in its entirety for periods not to exceed 30 days in length. Staff Analysis: These listed uses are day-to-day rents. Vacation Homes and Recreational Cabins are not commercial structures. Many Airbnb or short-term rentals fall under the vacation home definition. Section 17.15.110 Bed and breakfasts, lodges, motels, hotels and vacation homes Before the beginning of a bed and breakfast, lodge, motel, hotel, or vacation home, a copy of the certificate of registration for the transient accommodation tax (KIBC 3.55.080) or, if applicable, the certificate of exemption from that tax (KIBC 3.55.060), must be submitted to the community development department. Upon receipt of the certificate of registration or certificate of exemption, a certificate of zoning (Chapter 17.185 KIBC) shall be issued. Staff Analysis The most common definition of a short-term rental or Airbnb is like the vacation home definition within the Borough's zoning code. Meaning that the entire home or dwelling unit is rented out for less than 30 days. Issues arise when individual rooms within a dwelling unit are rented. The bed and breakfast definition states the use consists of rooms for rent and that meals are provided. Most short-term rentals that rent by the room do not provide meals and therefore do not meet the definition of a bed and breakfast. The boardinghouse definition states no more than 5 rooms for rent to three or more people. So, dwelling units that rent a room or two to no more than two people would not meet the definition of a boardinghouse, and a short-term rental of a room would not meet the non -transient requirement of a boardinghouse. In addition, the definition of a dwelling unit allows for up to two individuals lodged for hire. Therefore, some clean-up of definitions may be warranted as well as the need for a specific definition for short-term rental. A Comprehensive Guide To Recycling Plastic Into Pellets For A Greener Environment January 24, 2023 / Recyc ing / By Lilian Lancen Recycling plastic into pellets is an effective way of reducing waste and helping to save the environment. Pellets are small, uniform pieces of plastic that can be used in a variety of ways, from manufacturing to arts and crafts. This process of recycling plastic is often overlooked, but it can be a great way to reduce the amount of plastic going into landfills and oceans. From understanding what types of plastic can be recycled to knowing how to break down the material into the pellets, this guide will provide you with a comprehensive overview of how to recycle plastic into pellets. HOW IS PLASTIC TURNED INTO PELLETS? Picture source: https://forbesimg.com Recycling plastic scraps into a reusable raw material is a method and technology known as plastic. After the melt -filtrated strands have cooled, they are cut into pellets. Once recycled, plastic manufacturers and processors can use it in a variety of applications. The process of turning scrap plastic into a clean raw material is described in Accel Polymers. Following the re -use of these pellets, plastic manufacturers can use these plastics in a variety of applications. This process has grown in popularity as plastics manufacturers recognize the numerous benefits it provides. Companies can improve their green initiatives while also improving the world in which we live if they recycle plastic waste through the process of plastic pelletizing. The primary goal of plastic scrap recycling companies is to offset their raw material costs from the beginning. In addition to palletizing bath, Accel Polymers can also perform bath packing on a small or large scale. It has been in the plastics industry for decades that pellets have been used to make plastics. The process is critical for the production of large-scale plastics such as water bottles and kitchen utensils. Despite this, the same technology has had an unfortunate impact on the oceans and marine life as a result of plastic pellet pollution. Plastic pellets are a common source of marine debris because they are a byproduct of plastic manufacturing. These small particles can easily pass through ocean currents and end up in marine wildlife, posing a variety of health risks. This type of plastic pollution is a serious issue that must be addressed. The plastics industry is required to take responsibility for the effects of its products on the environment and develop solutions to reduce plastic pellet pollution. More efficient production practices, such as the use of closed-loop systems in factories, improved waste disposal methods, and the introduction of new recycling technologies, can be implemented. As a result, plastics manufacturers can help to reduce plastic pellet pollution and ensure that our oceans remain clean and safe for marine life. CAN PLASTIC PELLETS BE RECYCLED? Recycling plastic and reusing plastic can help you reduce your carbon footprint while also saving money. Greenpath Recovery is the only facility that collects plastic waste, and it is not possible to recycle all of it, only those that can be recycled in a closed loop program. The goal of uPVC Extrusion Services is to improve the manufacturing industry's sustainability. We recycle uPVC products after their use and use them in a range of pellets that is more environmentally friendly. Our sustainable pellets have a 30 -year life cycle and can be recycled ten times. We can produce recycled plastic pellets that are high-quality products that will last for a long time. It is weather and impact resistant, making it ideal for protecting residential and commercial properties. Even during its 30 -year lifespan, the pellets will remain intact because they are not designed to discolour. We are proud to be the market leaders in the production of high-quality uPVC materials. Recycling plastic pellets in our industry is an efficient way to improve the environment. It is not only environmentally friendly, but it is also beneficial to the economy. VEKA aims to reduce CO2 emissions and develop robust and secure products by collaborating with you. The use of recycled plastic pellets in home improvement projects is gaining popularity as they are environmentally friendly and cost-effective. Plastic pellets made from recycled plastic have been made from robust uPVC components, which means they are not only more environmentally friendly but also more durable and durable than traditional materials. This pellets not only make a more environmentally friendly product, but they are also significantly less expensive than virgin bottle resin pellets. Recycling pellets are estimated to cost between 58 and 66 cents a pound, which is lower than the 83 to 85 cents per pound cost of virgin bottle resin pellets, according to Plastics News. As a result, recycled pellets are an excellent choice for homeowners who want to make home improvements on a budget. Furthermore, because these pellets are made of robust uPVC components, they are guaranteed to last for a long time. Recycling plastic pellets is becoming increasingly popular among homeowners due to the numerous advantages they provide. Recycling Plastic Pellets: A Win-win For Home Improvement And The Environment Plastic pellets are becoming increasingly popular among manufacturers who want to reduce the amount of new plastic used in their products. We melt down raw resin pellets to make plastic products that we use every day. Making plastic bags and industrial wraps with this method would otherwise necessitate a new plastic supply, resulting in a complete new product. When these pellets enter the environment, they are frequently discovered in areas with a lot of marine debris. Recycling plastic pellets is an option for those who want to do so. After you have placed your pellet bags at the recycling area, the transfer station staff will assist you in finding a convenient recycling location. A large bag containing each ton of pellets will be provided as well. Any type of plastic with a recycling symbol and a number 4 on it will be accepted. Pellets made of recycled plastic can be used in a variety of home improvement projects. Because of its robust components, recycled uPVC products are beneficial in building products that can stand the test of time. Windows, doors, guttering, and many other types of doors are just a few of the items on the list. Recycling plastic pellets has the potential to reduce the amount of new plastic used and reduce marine debris accumulation. WH�.T IS PLASTIC PELL TIZATION? Plastic pelletization is the process of transforming plastic into small, round pellets. This process is done by melting plastic, such as polyethylene, into a liquid state, then forcing it through a die to create the pellets. The pellets are then cooled and shaped into small, uniform spheres. This process is used to make plastic more efficient to transport and easier to use in manufacturing. It is also used to reduce the size of plastic waste, making it easier to recycle. Plastic pelletization helps reduce the environmental impact of plastic by making it easier to reuse and recycle. Pelletizing is the process of turning a melted polymer into plastic pellets, which can be cylindrical, dry, or handled with ease. These pellets are then used in other processing processes such as injection molded and profile extrusion. A variety of pelletizing technologies are available today, allowing users to apply them to a wide range of processes. Fines are a common issue with crystalline and filled polymers. If you change one process parameter, you can reduce or eliminate any fine. By controlling the temperature of the entire pelletizing process, fines can be eliminated. The consistency of pellet geometry can reduce downtime issues by performing additional production steps. When developing a new product, it is critical to consider the optimum temperature for each formulation. Because each new product necessitates a different set of equipment, one formulation may require a different cutting device while another may not. The equipment used in a pelletizing line will require a significant amount of maintenance and replacement depending on the specific formulation being used. Because of the large amount of inorganic fillers in the pellets, cutting materials containing a lot of them is generally more difficult without incurring fines. In other words, these small plastic pellets are classified as microplastics because they are less than 5mm in size. However, many people are unaware of the environmental impact of small pieces of plastic that end up in the ocean. Native trees have a significant impact on our environment because they can easily be washed into rivers and oceans and take centuries to degrade. Given their small size, it is common for marine life to mistake them for food, resulting in health and wellbeing issues for them. Their decomposition produces toxins that contaminate the water and endanger marine life and humans in its vicinity. As a result, it is critical that we take steps to reduce the amount of nurdle production and distribution in order to preserve the environment. The proper disposal of plastic waste must be ensured, and plastic production companies must be fully aware of the risks of nurdles and the potential harm they can cause. If we do not act, our environment will become polluted with nurdles and microplastics, and our planet will suffer irreversible damage. Plastic Pelletization: A Complex Process Of Mixing, Forming, And Thermal Treatment It involves the use of a mixing vessel as well as the combustion of plastic to form pelletized plastic. A raw material is mixed in a mixing tank, rolled into balls, and then baked in a kiln to form hard, spherical plastic pellets known as nurdles. Pelletization, in contrast to grinding technology, involves the separation of fine solid particles into smaller pieces that can then be used to form spheres, bricks, or cylindrical pellets. petrochemical companies produce plastic pellets in the shape of a lentil and transport them to plastic manufacturing plants, where they are melted and shaped into the desired product. As a result, the process of pelletizing plastic necessitates the use of a complex combination of mixing, forming, and thermal treatment. HOW DO YOU USE RECYCLED PLASTIC PELLETS? One of the most common uses is to make plastic bottles. This type of bottle is one of the most commonly recycled plastic items and accounts for a large portion of the plastic produced. Because of the uniformity of the pellets, the necessary composition is available for the manufacturing process. Recycling plastic pellets and regrind, in addition to reducing your carbon footprint, also saves money. Greenpath Recovery is a plastic processor based in the United States that uses a variety of materials. We can provide customized recycling of recovered plastic/resin feedstocks to meet the needs of specific customers. Making homemade weighted blankets with aquarium gravel has become a popular alternative to poly pellets. It is less expensive than poly pellets, despite the fact that it is more difficult to use. Furthermore, its use is beneficial because it can be recycled from recycled plastic pellets and regrind from Greenpath Recovery, lowering one's carbon footprint. This company recycles a large amount of plastic, which is otherwise compostable, in a cost-effective and environment - friendly manner. However, before using aquarium gravel, keep in mind that it can get hot in the dryer, so it should be used with caution. RECYCLING MACHINE FOR PLASTIC Recycling machines for plastic are increasingly becoming a popular way to reduce the amount of plastic waste that ends up in landfills. These machines are able to take in plastic materials and break them down into small pieces that can be reused to create new plastic items. The recycling process is simple, cost-effective, and can help reduce the amount of plastic waste that is sent to landfills. Additionally, the use of these machines can help to create a more sustainable and eco -friendly environment for everyone. The process of recycling plastic is known as plastic recycling, and it is done in a local wastefill using a plastic recycling machine. Various types of plastic recycling compost melt machines are available. These folding recycling mats are simple to use and store. The bags are simple to clean and sturdy, allowing them to be used for a wide range of purposes, from small plastic bags to large plastic bags. Plastics recycling is the process of converting plastic into new materials. Some machines generate plastic waste, which can be composted using water or oil-based materials. A collection can also be used to recycle various types of plastic in a trash dump. Recycling polyethylene is one of the most common types of plastic. There are a few varieties of plastic waste recycling. The plastic recycling machine is used to recycle various types of plastic. Plastics recycling equipment can accept raw plastic products such as plies, plastic bottles, and commodities. Recycling mats can be folded and used as simple mats by the user. The following steps can be taken to recycle mats. Nonwoven materials are recycled in the recycling process using plastic. Instead of melting plastic, pour the shavings into a separate bag for recycling. After the plastic is melted, the raw material is recycled into a fine recyclable plastic by the recycling machine. A recycling machine is the mechanism by which plastic can be recycled, in addition to plastics. Machines can be used to recycle large amounts of plastic, either directly into a container or into a containerized process. Depending on the type of plastic used and the recycling process, it is estimated that hundreds of thousands of plastic bags weighing up to 100 pounds are available on the market. Because recycled mats are small and small in size to meet the needs of the business, they can be used to store large quantities of plastic in a large heap. The machines are intended to be recycled as soon as they are melted, rinsed, and reused as waste. Recycling plastic is one of the options available on Alibaba.com. Plastic Recycling: A Win-win For The Environment & Businesses Recycling plastic is becoming increasingly important to the environment as a result of plastic waste disposal. Various machines are used to do this, which makes it much more efficient. The process of recycling waste plastic by using a gelatin machine produces raw material. Recycling polyethylene, polypropylene, and other types of polymer is an important part of Netplasmak's granule extruder technology. In addition, Earthwake's team has developed a novel method of melting and dissolving plastic molecules using flameless combustion at extremely high temperatures, resulting in gasoline, diesel, and gas recovery. Aside from being beneficial to the environment, plastic recycling has the potential to be profitable for businesses as well. Recycling scrap plastic is a cost-effective method for businesses to dispose of commercial waste in an efficient manner. Because plastic recycling is beneficial for the environment, it can also be beneficial to businesses as well. KODIAK ISLAND BOROUGH Meeting Type: Assembly Work Session Date: • 2�i " 20� Please PKINI your name lealb Phone number